WO2006013010A2 - Preparation of organisms with faster growth and/or higher yield - Google Patents

Preparation of organisms with faster growth and/or higher yield Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006013010A2
WO2006013010A2 PCT/EP2005/007935 EP2005007935W WO2006013010A2 WO 2006013010 A2 WO2006013010 A2 WO 2006013010A2 EP 2005007935 W EP2005007935 W EP 2005007935W WO 2006013010 A2 WO2006013010 A2 WO 2006013010A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
seq id
nucleic acid
variety
polypeptide
plant
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2005/007935
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006013010A3 (en
Inventor
Piotr Puzio
Agnes Chardonnens
Original Assignee
Metanomics Gmbh
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to EP04018194 priority Critical
Priority to EP04018194.3 priority
Application filed by Metanomics Gmbh filed Critical Metanomics Gmbh
Publication of WO2006013010A2 publication Critical patent/WO2006013010A2/en
Publication of WO2006013010A3 publication Critical patent/WO2006013010A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/63Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression
    • C12N15/79Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts
    • C12N15/82Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts for plant cells, e.g. plant artificial chromosomes (PACs)
    • C12N15/8216Methods for controlling, regulating or enhancing expression of transgenes in plant cells
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/37Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from fungi
    • C07K14/39Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from fungi from yeasts
    • C07K14/395Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from fungi from yeasts from Saccharomyces
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/415Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from plants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/63Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression
    • C12N15/79Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts
    • C12N15/82Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts for plant cells, e.g. plant artificial chromosomes (PACs)
    • C12N15/8216Methods for controlling, regulating or enhancing expression of transgenes in plant cells
    • C12N15/8217Gene switch
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/63Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression
    • C12N15/79Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts
    • C12N15/82Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts for plant cells, e.g. plant artificial chromosomes (PACs)
    • C12N15/8241Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology
    • C12N15/8261Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A40/00Adaptation technologies in agriculture, forestry, livestock or agroalimentary production
    • Y02A40/10Adaptation technologies in agriculture, forestry, livestock or agroalimentary production in agriculture
    • Y02A40/11Specially adapted for crops
    • Y02A40/14Specially adapted for crops with increased yield
    • Y02A40/146Transgenic plants

Abstract

A method for preparing a nonhuman organism with faster growth and/or increased yield in comparison with a reference organism, which method comprises increasing the activity of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 in said organism or in one or parts thereof in comparison with a reference organism.

Description

Preparation of organisms with faster growth and/or higher yield

Description

The present invention relates to a method for preparing a non human organism with faster growth and/or higher yield in comparison with a reference organism, which me¬ thod comprises increasing in said non human organism or in one or more parts thereof the activity of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 in comparison with said reference organism, for example on the basis of increasing the amount of SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 RNA and/or SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide, advan¬ tageously on the basis of increased expression of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124,128 or 136. In further embodiments, the invention relates to a method for preparing plants, micro¬ organisms or useful animals which grow faster or give higher yields, which method comprises an increased SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity in said organisms, and to a plant, a microorganism and useful animal whose SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity is increased and to the yield or biomass thereof. Furthermore, the inven¬ tion also relates to a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide, to a polynucleo¬ tide coding therefor and to cells, plants, microorganisms and useful animals trans¬ formed therewith and to methods for preparing fine chemicals by using said embodi- ments of the present invention.

Ever since useful plants were first cultivated, increasing the crop yield has, in addition to improving resistance to abiotic and biotic stress, been the most important goal when growing new plant varieties. Means as diverse as tilling, fertilizing, irrigation, cultivation or crop protection agents, to name but a few, are used for improving yields. Thus, culti¬ vation successes in increasing the crop, for example by increasing the seed setting, and those in reducing the loss of crop, for example owing to bad weather, i.e. weather which is too dry, too wet, too hot or too cold, or due to infestation with pests such as, for example, insects, fungi or bacteria, complement one another. In view of the rapidly growing world population, a substantial increase in yield, without extending the eco¬ nomically arable areas, is absolutely necessary in order to provide sufficient food and, at the same time, protect other existing natural spaces.

The methods of classical genetics and cultivation for developing new varieties with bet- ter yields are increasingly supplemented by genetic methods. Thus, genes have been identified which are responsible for particular properties such as resistance to abiotic or biotic stress or growth rate control. Interesting genes or gene products thereof may be appropriately regulated in the desired useful plants, for example by mutation, (over)expression or reduction/inhibition of such genes or their products, in order to achieve the desired increased yield or higher tolerance to stress. The same applies to microorganisms and useful animals, the breeding of which is pri¬ marily and especially concerned with likewise achieving a particular biomass or a par¬ ticular weight more rapidly, in addition to higher resistance to biotic or abiotic stress.

One example of a strategy resulting in better or more rapid plant growth is to increase the photosynthetic capability of plants (US 6,239,332 and DE 19940270). This ap¬ proach, however, is promising only if the photosynthetic performance of said plants is growth-limiting. Another approach is to modulate regulation of plant growth by influenc¬ ing cell cycle control (WO 01/31041 , CA 2263067, WO 00/56905, WO 00/37645). However, a change in the plant's architecture may be the undesired side effect of a massive intervention in the control of plant growth (WO 01/31041; CA 2263067). Other approaches may involve putative transcriptional regulators as for example claimed in WO 02/079403 or US 2003/013228. Such transcriptional regulators often occur in gene families, in which the family members might display significant cross talk and/or an- tagonistic control. In addition the function of transcription factors rely on the precise presence of their recognition sequences in the target organisms. This fact might com¬ plicate the transfer of result from model spezies to target organisms. Despite a few promising approaches, there is nevertheless still a great need of providing methods for preparing organisms with faster growth and higher yield, in particular plants and micro- organisms, and of providing such organisms, in particular plants and microorganisms.

It is an object of the present invention to provide a method of this kind for increasing the yield and growth of organisms, in particular of plants.

We have found that this object is achieved by the inventive method described herein and the embodiments characterized in the claims.

Consequently, the invention relates to a method for preparing a nonhuman organism with increased growth rate, i.e. with faster growth and/or increased yield in comparison with a reference organism, which method comprises increasing in said non human or¬ ganism or in one or more parts thereof the activity of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 in comparison with a reference organism, for example on the basis of increasing the amount of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 RNA and/or SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide.

Increased expression of SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 in Arabidopsis thaliana has been found to lead to accelerated growth of the plants and to an increased final weight and an increased amount of seeds.

SEQ ID NO: 2 has been described as a protein of unconfirmed function, which might be involved in pyridoxine metabolism and the expression of which is induced during stationary phase. (GenBank Accession NO: PIR|S55081 for YMR095C) from Sac- charomyces cerevisiae. Therefore a clear function is not mentioned in the annotation of the ORF. However, a BIastp comparison of the YMR095C (SEQ ID: 2) sequence under standard conditions revealed a significant homology to

SEQ ID NO: 4, 6, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71 , 73, 75, 77, 79, 81 , 83, 85, 87, 89, 91 , 93, 95, 99, 101, 103,105, 133 and 135.

A particular surprise was the finding that expression of SEQ ID NO: 1 of the evolution- arily distant yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae increases growth in Arabidopsis thaliana. It may also be assumed that SEQ ID NO: 1 is a functionally conserved gene and that an increase in the activity of SEQ ID NO: 2 or of the specific homologs 4, 6, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71, 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85, 87, 89, 91, 93, 95, 99, 101 , 103, 105, 133 or 135 also leads to faster growth or increased yield in an organism in the same manner as has been observed according to the invention for SEQ ID NO: 2 and in Arabidopsis. Presumably, therefore, transgenic expression of other distant SEQ ID NO: 1 homologs in an organism also result in the observed faster growth and higher yield.

SEQ ID NO: 107 has been described as vacuolar morphogenesis protein VAM7 (Gen- Bank Accession NO: PIR|S31263 for YGL212W) from Saccharomyces cerevisiae. A further function is not mentioned in the annotation of the ORF. However, a BIastp com¬ parison of the sequence of YGL212W under standard conditions revealed a significant homology to SEQ ID NO: 109, 111, 113, 115, 117, 119 and 121.

A particular surprise was the finding that expression of the SEQ ID NO: 106 of the evo- lutionarily distant yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae increases growth in Arabidopsis thaliana. It may also be assumed that SEQ ID NO: 106 is a functionally conserved gene and that an increase in the activity of SEQ ID NO: 107 or of the specific homologs SEQ ID NO: 109, 111, 113, 115, 117, 119 or 121 also leads to faster growth or in¬ creased yield in an organism in the same manner as has been observed according to the invention for SEQ ID NO: 106 in Arabidopsis. Presumably, therefore, transgenic expression of other distant SEQ ID NO: 106 homologs in an organism also results in the observed faster growth and higher yield.

SEQ ID NO: 125 has earlier been described as hypothetical protein and now annotated as a protein required for survival at higher temperatures during stationary phase. (GenBank Accession NO: SWISSPROT|YMZ7_YEASTYMR107w) from Saccharomy¬ ces cerevisiae. A clear function is not mentioned in the annotation of the ORFs.

A particular surprise was the finding that expression of the SEQ ID NO: 124 of the evo- lutionarily distant yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae increases growth in Arabidopsis thaliana. It may also be assumed that SEQ ID NO: 124 is a functionally conserved gene and that an increase in the activity of SEQ ID NO: 125 or of specific homologs also leads to faster growth or increased yield in an organism in the same manner as has been observed according to the invention for SEQ ID NO: 125 in Arabidopsis. Pre- sumably, therefore, transgenic expression of SEQ ID NO: 124 homologs in an organ¬ ism also result in the observed faster growth and higher yield.

SEQ ID NO: 129 has been described as hypothetical protein (GenBank Accession NOSPTREMBL|Q07379 for YDL057W) from Saccharomyces cervisiae.

A particular surprise was the finding that expression of the SEQ ID NO: 128 of the evo- lutionarily distant yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae increases growth in Arabidopsis thaliana. It may also be assumed that SEQ ID NO: 128 is a functionally conserved gene and that an increase in the activity of SEQ ID NO: 129 or of specific homologs also leads to faster growth or increased yield in an organism in the same manner as has been observed according to the invention for SEQ ID NO: 128 in Arabidopsis. Pre¬ sumably transgenic expression of SEQ ID NO: 128 homologs in an organism also re¬ sult in the observed faster growth and higher yield.

SEQ ID NO: 137 has been described as an unknown protein, similar to mouse kinesin- related protein KIF3, (GenBank Accession: NP_011298.1 for YGL217C) from Sac¬ charomyces cervisiae.

A particular surprise was the finding that expression of the SEQ ID NO: 136 of the evo- Iutionarily distant yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae increases growth in Arabidopsis thaliana. It may also be assumed that SEQ ID NO: 136 is a functionally conserved gene and that an increase in the activity of SEQ ID NO: 136 or of specific homologs also leads to faster growth or increased yield in an organism in the same manner as has been observed according to the invention for SEQ ID NO: 136 in Arabidopsis. Pre- sumably transgenic expression of SEQ ID NO: 136 homologs in an organism also re¬ sult in the observed faster growth and higher yield.

In a preferred embodiment, the invention relates to a method for preparing an organ¬ ism, a cell, a tissue, e.g. an animal, a microorganism or a plant with increased growth rate, i.e. with faster growth and/or increased yield, which method comprises increasing in said organism or in one or more parts thereof the activity of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125,129 or 137, for example on the basis of increasing the amount of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 RNA and/or SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide.

Organism" here means any organism which is not a human being. Consequently, the term relates to prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, microorganisms, higher and lower plants, including mosses and algae, and to nonhuman animals or cells. In one em¬ bodiment, the organism is unicellular or multicellular.

"Increased growth", "faster growth" or "increased growth rate" here means that the in- crease in weight, for example fresh weight, or in biomass per time unit is greater than that of a reference, in particular of the starting organism from which the non human organism of the invention is prepared. Faster growth preferably results in a higher final weight of said non human organism. Thus, for example, faster growth makes it possible to reach a particular developmental stage earlier or to prolong growth in a particular developmental stage. Preference is given to attaining a higher final weight.

The terms "wild type", "control" or "reference" are exchangeable and can be a cell or a part of organisms such as an organelle or a tissue, or an organism, in particular a mi¬ croorganism or a plant, which was not modified or treated according to the herein de- scribed method according to the invention. Accordingly, the cell or a part of organisms such as an organelle or a tissue, or an organism, in particular a microorganism or a plant used as wild type, control or reference corresponds to the cell, organism or part thereof as much as possible and is in any other property but in the result of the method of the invention as identical to the subject matter of the invention as possible. Thus, the wild type, control or reference is treated identically or as identical as possible, saying that only conditions or properties might be different which do not additionally influence the quality of the tested property.

Preferably, any comparison is carried out under analogous conditions. The term "analogous conditions" means that all conditions such as, for example, culture or grow¬ ing conditions, assay conditions (such as buffer composition, temperature, substrates, pathogen strain, concentrations and the like) are kept identical between the experi¬ ments to be compared.

The "reference", "control", or "wild type" is preferably a subject, e.g. an organelle, a cell, a tissue, an organism, in particular a plant or a microorganism, which was not modified or treated according to the herein described method of the invention and is in any other property as similar to the subject matter of the invention as possible. The reference, control or wild type is in its genome, transcriptome, proteome or metabolome as similar as possible to the subject of the present invention. Preferably, the term "reference-" "control-" or "wild type-"-organelle, -cell, -tissue or -organism, in particular plant or mi¬ croorganism, relates to an organelle, cell, tissue or organism, in particular plant or mi¬ croorganism, which is nearly genetically identical to the organelle, cell, tissue or organ¬ ism, in particular microorganism or plant, of the present invention or a part thereof pref- erably 95%, more preferred are 98%, even more preferred are 99,00%, in particular 99,10%, 99,30%, 99,50%, 99,70%, 99,90%, 99,99%, 99, 999% or more. Most prefer¬ able the "reference", "control", or "wild type" is preferably a subject, e.g. an organelle, a cell, a tissue, an organism, which is genetically identical to the organism, cell organelle used according to the method of the invention except that nucleic acid molecules or the gene product encoded by them are changed according to the inventive method.

Preferably, the reference, control or wild type differs form the subject of the present invention only in the cellular activity of the polypeptide of the invention, e.g. as result of an increase in the level of the nucleic acid molecule of the present invention or an in¬ crease of the specific activity of the polypeptide of the invention, e.g. by or in the ex¬ pression level or activity of an protein having an said activity and its biochemical or genetical causes.

In case, a control, reference or wild type differing from the subject of the present inven¬ tion only by not being subject of the method of the invention can not be provided, a control, reference or wild type can be an organism in which the cause for the modula- tion of an activity conferring the increase of the yield or growth or expression of the nucleic acid molecule of the invention as described herein has been switched back or off, e.g. by knocking out the expression of the responsible gene product, e.g. by an- tisense inhibition, by inactivation of an activator or agonist, by activation of an inhibitor or antagonist, by inhibition through adding inhibitory antibodies, by adding active com- pounds as e.g. hormones, by introducing negative dominant mutants, etc. A gene pro¬ duction can for example be knocked out by introducing inactivating point mutations, which lead to an enzymatic activity inhibition or a destabilization or an inhibition of the ability to bind to cofactors etc.

Accordingly, preferred reference subject is the starting subject of the present method of the invention. Preferably, the reference and the subject matter of the invention are compared after standardization and normalization, e.g. to the amount of total RNA, DNA, or Protein or activity or expression of reference genes, like housekeeping genes, such as ubiquitin.

A series of mechanisms exists via which a modification in the polypeptide of the inven¬ tion can directly or indirectly affect the yield. For example, the molecule number or the specific activity of the polypeptide of the invention or the nucleic acid molecule of the invention may be increased. The desired biomass increase can be achieved for exam- pie by increasing the copy number of the inventive protein encoding gene. However, it is also possible to increase the expression of the gene which is naturally present in the organisms, for example by modifying the regulation of the gene, or by increasing the stability of the mRNA or of the gene product encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of the invention.

Accordingly, preferred reference subject is the starting subject of the present inventive method. Preferably, the reference and the inventive subject are compared after nor- malization, e.g. to the amount of total RNA, DNA, or protein or activity or expression of reference genes, like housekeeping genes or shown in the examples.

The inventive increase, decrease or modulation can be constitutive, e.g. due to a stable expression, or transient, e.g. due to a transient transformation or temporary addition of a modulator as a agonist or antagonist or inducible, e.g. after transformation with a inducible construct carrying the inventive sequences and adding the inducer.

The term "increase" or "decrease" of an activity in a cell, tissue, organism, e.g. plant or microorganism, means that the overall activity in said compartment is increased or de¬ creased, e.g. as result of an increased or decreased expression of the gene product, the addition or reduction of an agonist or antagonist, the inhibition or activation of an enzyme, or a modulation of the specific activity of the gene product, for example as result of a mutation. A mutation in the catalytic centre of an inventive enzyme can modulate the turn over rate of the enzyme, e.g. a knock out of an essential amino acid can lead to a reduced or completely knock out activity of the enzyme. The specific ac¬ tivity of an enzyme of the present invention can be increased such that the turn over rate is increased or the binding of a co-factor is improved. Improving the stability of the encoding mRNA or the protein can also increase the activity of a gene product. The stimulation of the activity is also under the scope of the term "increased activity". The specific activity of an inventive protein or a protein encoded by an inventive polynucleotide or expression cassette can be tested as described in the examples. In particular, the expression of said protein in a cell, e.g. a plant cell or a microorganism and the detection of an increase in fresh weight, dry weight, seed number and/or seed weight in comparison to a control is an easy test.

Accordingly, the term "increase" or "decrease" means that the specific activity as well as the amount of a compound, e.g. of the inventive protein, mRNA or DNA, can be in¬ creased or decreased.

The term "increase" also means, that a compound or an activity is introduced into a cell de novo or that the compound or the activity has not been detectable. Accordingly, in the following, the term "increasing" also comprises the term "generating" or "stimulat¬ ing".

In general, an activity of a gene product in an organism, in particular in a plant cell, a plant, or a plant tissue or a part thereof can be increased by increasing the amount of the specific encoding mRNA or the corresponding protein in said organism or part thereof. "Amount of protein or mRNA" is understood as meaning the molecule number of inventive polypeptide or mRNA molecules in an organism, a tissue, a cell or a cell compartment. "Increase" in the amount of the inventive protein means the quantitative increase of the molecule number of said protein in an organism, a tissue, a cell or a cell compartment or part thereof - for example by one of the methods described herein be¬ low - in comparison to a wild type, control or reference.

The increase in molecule number amounts preferably to at least 1%, preferably to more than 10%, more preferably to 30% or more, especially preferably to 50%, 100% or more, very especially preferably to 500%, most preferably to 1000% or more. However, a de novo expression is also regarded as subject of the present invention.

A modification, i.e. an increase or decrease, can be caused by endogenous or exoge- nous factors. For example, an increase in activity in an organism or a part thereof can be caused by adding a gene product or a precursor or an activator or an agonist to the media or nutrition or can be caused by introducing said subjects into an organism, transient or stable.

Accordingly, in one embodiment, the method of the present invention comprises one or more of the following steps

a) stabilizing the inventive protein; b) stabilizing the inventive protein encoding mRNA; c) increasing the specific activity of the inventive protein; d) expressing or increasing the expression of a homologous or artificial transcription factor for inventive protein expression; e) stimulating the inventive protein activity through exogenous inducing factors; f) expressing a transgenic inventive protein encoding gene; and/or g) increasing the copy number of the inventive protein encoding gene. h) increasing the expression of the gene encoding the inventive protein by for ex¬ ample manipulation of the endogenous regulation of the gene through side di¬ rected mutagenesis or other techniques.

In general, the amount of mRNA or polypeptide in a cell or a compartment of an organ¬ ism correlates with the activity of the encoded protein or enzyme in said volume. Said correlation is not always linear, the activity in the volume is dependent on the stability of the molecules or the presence of activating or inhibiting co-factors. Further, product and educt inhibitions of enzymes are well known. However, in one embodiment, the activity of the inventive polypeptide is increased via increasing the expression of the encoding gene, in particular of a nucleic acid molecule comprising the sequence of the inventive polynucleotide, leading regulary to an increase in amount of inventive poly¬ peptide.

In one embodiment the increase in fresh weight, dry weight, seed weight and/or seed amount is achieved by increasing the endogenous level of the inventive protein. The endogenous level of the inventive protein can for example be increased by modifying the transcriptional or translational regulation of the polypeptide. Regulatory sequences are operatively linked to the coding region of an endogenous protein and control its transcription and translation or the stability or decay of the encoding mRNA or the ex¬ pressed protein. In order to modify and control the expression, promoter, UTRs, splic- ing sites, processing signals, polyadenylation sites, terminators, enhancers, post tran¬ scriptional or posttranslational modification sites can be changed or amended. For ex¬ ample, the expression level of the endogenous protein can be modulated by replacing the endogenous promoter with a stronger transgenic promoter or by replacing the en¬ dogenous 3'UTR with a 3'UTR which provides more stablitiy without amending the cod- ing region. Further, the transcriptional regulation can be modulated by introduction of a artifical transcription factor as described in the examples. Alternative promoters, termi¬ nators and UTR are described below.

In one advantageous embodiment with regard to homologs of SEQ ID NO: 2, in the method of the present invention the activity of a polypeptide is increased comprising or consisting of the following consensus sequence:

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXGVXXXQGXXXEHXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXLXXXXXXXXPGGESTXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXGTCAGXIXLXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXVXRNXXGXQXXSFXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXFIRAPXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXVXXXXXXXXXXXXFHPELTXXDXXXHXXFXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, preferably 9, 8, 7, or 6, more preferred 5 or 4, even more preferred 3, even more preferred 2, even more preferred 1 , most preferred 0 of the amino acids positions indicated by a capital letter can be replaced by an x.

In one embodiment not more than 5, preferably 4, even more preferred 3 or 2, most preferred one or non amino acid position indicated by a capital letter are/is replaced by an x.

In one embodiment 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, preferably 9, 8, 7, or 6, more pre¬ ferred 5 or 4, even more preferred 3, even more preferred 2, even more preferred 1 , most preferred 0 amino acids are inserted into the consensus sequence.

In one embodiment 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, preferably 9, 8, 7, or 6, more pre- ferred 5 or 4, even more preferred 3, even more preferred 2, even more preferred 1 , most preferred 0 amino acids represented by a x are deleted from the consensus se¬ quence. The consensus sequence was derived from a multiple alignment of the sequences of Aeropyrum pernix, Arabidopsis thaliana (Mouse-ear cress), Archaeoglobus fulgidus, Ashbya gossypii (Yeast) (Eremothecium gossypii), Bacillus cereus ATCC 10987, Ba- cillus circulans, Bacillus halodurans, Bacillus subtilis, Bifidobacterium longum, Bras- sica napus, Cercospora nicotianae, Clostridium acetobutylicum, Clostridium acetobu- tylicum, Corynebacterium glutamicum (Brevibacterium flavum), Deinococcus radi- odurans, Emericella nidulans (Aspergillus nidulans), glycine max, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Halobacterium sp. NRC-1 , Hordeum vulgare, Lis- teria monocytogenes, Methanobacterium thermoautotrophicum, Methanococcus maripaludis, Methanopyrus kandleri, Methanosarcina acetivorans, Methanosarcina mazei (Methanosarcina frisia), Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Neurospora crassa, Oryza sativa (japonica cultivar-group), Parachlamydia sp. UWE25, Pasteurella multocida, Pyrobaculum aerophilum, Pyrococcus abyssi, Pyrococcus furiosus, Pyrococcus horiko- shii, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Staphylococcus epi- dermidis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptomyces avermitilis, Suberites domuncula (Sponge), Sulfolobus solfataricus, Sulfolobus tokodaii, Thermoplasma acidophilum, Thermoplasma volcanium, Thermotoga maritima, Thermus thermophilus HB27, Tropheryma whipplei (strain TW08/27) (Whipple's bacillus), Zea mays as shown in Figure 1. X indicates any given amino acid. Those amino acids are spezified in the con¬ sensus which are conserved in at least 80% of the aligned protein sequences (80% consensus).

In one advantageous embodiment with regard to homologs of SEQ ID NO: 2, in the method of the present invention the activity of a polypeptide is increased comprising or consisting of the following consensus sequence based on the alignment of plant ho¬ mologous sequences:

X(Z-4)VGVLALQGSXNEHXXALRRXGXXGXEXRKXXQLXXXXSLIIPGGEXTTMAK LAXYXNLFPALREFVXXGXPVWGTCAGLIFLAXXAX(2.5)GGQXLXGGLDCTVHRN FFGSQXQSFEXXXXVPXLXXXEGGXXTXRGXFIRAPAXLXXGXXVXXLAXXXVP Xfi i-23)VIVAVXQXNXLATAFHPELTXDXRWHXXFXXMXXEXXXXA X00-29)

whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10 or less, preferably 7, preferred 4 or 3, more preferred 2, even more preferred 1 , most preferred 0 of the amino acids positions indi¬ cated by a capital letter can be replaced by an x. Preferably, not more than one amino acid position indicated by a capital letter is replaced by an x.

The consensus sequence was derived from a multiple alignment of the plant se- quences of Arabidopsis thaliana, Canola, soybean, barley, rice, com as shown in Fig¬ ure 2. X indicates any given amino acid. In this case those amino acids are specified which are conserved in nearly 100% of the aligned plant protein sequences (100% Consensus).

Accordingly, in one embodiment, in the method of the present invention the activity of a polypeptide comprising one or both said core consensus sequence is increased whereby 10 or less, preferably 7, preferred 4 or 3, more preferred 2, even more pre¬ ferred 1 , most preferred 0 of the amino acids positions indicated by a capital letter can be replaced by an x. Preferably, not more than one amino acid position indicated by a capital letter is replaced by an x.

Core consensus sequence of homologs of SEQ ID NO: 2 of all organisms represent the essential part of the consensus sequence as follows:

(P/S)GGE(S/T)T

or

(G/A)(T/S)CAGX(I/V)

or

(VZAZIZC)XRNX(FZY)GXQXXS(FZS)

or

FIR(AZSZG)P

or

FHPE(I-ZMZE)

Accordingly, in one embodiment, in the method of the present invention the activity of a polypeptide comprising one or more of said core consensus sequence(s) is increased.

Core consensus sequence of homologs of SEQ ID NO : 2 of plants represent the es¬ sential part of the consensus sequence as follows:

VGVLALQGSXNEHXXALRRXGXXGXEXRKXXQLXXXXSLIIPGGEXTTMAKLAXYXNL FPALREFVXXGXPVWGTCAGLIFLA

or GGQXLXGGLDCTVHRNFFGSQXQSFE

or

EGGXXTXRGXFIRAPA

or

VIVAVXQXNXLATAFHPELTXDXRWH

Accordingly, in one embodiment, in the method of the present invention the activity of a polypeptide comprising one or more of said core consensus sequence(s) of plant ho- mologs is increased.

In another advantageous embodiment with regard to homologs of SEQ ID NO: 107, in the method of the present invention the activity of a polypeptide is increased compris¬ ing or consisting of the following consensus sequence:

(LZS)XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX(EZQ)XXX(KZR)

or

(QZY)XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX(EZA)XXX(QZA)

Accordingly, in one embodiment, in the method of the present invention the activity of a polypeptide comprising one or both said consensus sequence(s) is increased.

The multiple alignment was performed with the Software GenoMax Version 3.4, Infor- Max™, Invitrogen™ life science software, U.S. Main Office, 7305 Executive Way, Frederick, MD 21704,USA with the following settings:

Gap opening penalty: 10,0; Gap extension penalty: 0,05; Gap separation penalty range: 8; % identity for alignment delay: 40; Residue substitution matrix: blosum; Hy- drophilic residues: G P S N D Q E K R; Transition weighting: 0,5; Consensus calcula¬ tion options: Residue fraction for consensus: 0,5.

Under term "consensus sequence" the above consensus sequences, core sequences, plant consensus sequence, plant core consensus sequence in all described variations are understood. Accordingly, in one embodiment, in the method of the present invention the activity of a polypeptide comprising one or both said core consensus sequence is increased, whereby 10 or less, preferably 7, preferred 4 or 3, more preferred 2, even more pre¬ ferred 1 , most preferred 0 of the amino acids positions indicated by a capital letter can be replaced by a x. Preferably, not more than one amino acid position indicated by a capital letter is replaced by an x.

Reference organism preferably means the starting organism (wild type) prior to carry¬ ing out the method of the invention or a control organism.

If the organism is a plant and a line of origin cannot be determined as reference, the variety which has been approved by the European or German plant variety office at the time of application and which has the highest genetic homology to the plant to be stud¬ ied may be accepted as reference for determining an increased SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity. Consequently, a plant variety which has already been ap¬ proved at the time of application is then likewise a suitable reference or source for a reference organelle, a reference cell, a reference tissue or a reference organ. The ge¬ netic homology may be determined via methods which are well known to the skilled worker, for example via fingerprint analyses, for example as described in Roldan-Ruiz, Theor. Appl. Genet., 2001 , 1138-1150. A plant or a variety which has increased SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity and increased yield or faster growth, compared to the, if possible, genetically identical plant, as described herein, may consequently be regarded as a plant of the invention. Where appropriate, the specific SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity may be replaced by the amount of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 mRNA or SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 protein, as described herein. Similar methods for determining the genetic relationship of animals and micro¬ organisms are sufficiently known to the skilled worker, in particular to sytematists.

Where appropriate, the organisms and, in particular, the strains mentioned in the ex- amples serve as reference organisms. In particular, the plant strains mentioned there serve as reference organisms for the particular plant species in the rare cases, a refer¬ ence described above cannot be provided.

The line of origin, which has been used for carrying out the method of the invention is a preferred reference.

Various strains or varieties of a species may have different amounts or activities of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125,129 or 137. The amounts or activities of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 in a cell compartment, cell organelle, cell, tissue, in organs or in the whole plant may be found to differ between different strains or varieties. However, ow¬ ing to the observation on which the invention is based, it may be assumed that the in¬ crease, in particular in a total extract of the organism, preferably of the plant, in com- parison with the respective starting strain or the respective starting variety or with the abovementioned reference, results in faster growth and/or higher yield. However, it is also conceivable that even the increased activity, for example due to overexpression, in specific organs may cause the desired effect, i.e. faster growth and higher yield.

In the following, the term "increasing" comprises the generating as well as the stimulat¬ ing of a property.

In order to determine the "increase in amount", "increase in expression", "increase in activity" or "increase in mass", this property is compared to that of a reference or start¬ ing organism, but normalized to a defined value. For example, expression between the transgenic non human organism and the reference (wild type) is compared, normaliz¬ ing, for example, to the amount of total RNA, total DNA or protein or to the activity or amount of mRNA of a particular gene (or gene product), for example of a housekeep- ing gene. Increasing the mass or yield likewise involves comparison of the modified and starting organisms, but with normalization to the individual plant or to the yield per hectare, etc.

The SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity is preferably at least 5%, more pref- erably 10%, even more preferably 20%, 30%, 50% or 100%, higher than that of the reference organism. Most preferably, the activity is 200%, 500% or 1 000% or more, higher than in the reference organism.

Owing to the higher SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, in particular owing to a from 5% to 1 000% increase in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, prefera¬ bly owing to a from 10% to 100% increase, growth is preferably 5%, preferably 10%, 20% or 30%, faster. More preferably, growth is faster by 50%, 100%, 200% or 500% or more, in comparison with a reference organism. Preference is also given to increasing the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity by 10%, 20%, 30% or from 50% to 100% and to a faster growth of 10%, 20%, 30% or 50%.

Owing to the higher SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, in particular owing to a 5% to 1 000% increase in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, preferably owing to a 10% to 100% increase, yield is preferably 5%, preferably 10%, 20% or 30%, higher. More preferably, yield is higher by 50%, 100%, 200% or 500% or more, in com¬ parison with a reference organism. Preference is also given to increasing the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity by 10%, 20%, 30% or from 50% to 100% and to a higher yield of 10%, 20%, 30% or 50%.

"Accelerated growth", "faster growth" or "increased growth rate" in plants means faster "plant growth", i.e. that the increase in fresh weight in the vegetative phase is greater than that of a reference plant, in particular of the starting plant from which the plant of the invention has been prepared. Preferably, the final weight of said plant is also higher than that of the reference plant.

For microorganisms or cells, faster growth refers to higher production of biomass.

"Final weight" means a weight typically reached at the end of a particular phase or the produced biomass of an organism. For plants, "increased final weight" preferably means the higher fresh weight reached at the end of growth phase, in comparison with the fresh weight of a reference organism. More specifically, the higher final weight may be due to a higher yield, as discussed below. For microorganisms or cells, "increased final weight" means the amount of biomass produced by said microorganisms or cells in the exponential phase.

The term "yield" means according to the invention that the biomass or biomaterial suit- able for further processing has increased. The term "further processing" refers both to industrial processing and to instant usage for feeding. If the method refers to a plant, this includes plant cells and tissue, organs and parts of plants in all of their physical forms such as seeds, leaves, fibers, roots, stems, embryos, calli, harvest material, wood, or plant tissue, reproductive tissue and cell cultures which are derived from the actual plant and/or may be used for producing a plant of the invention. Preference is given to any parts or organs of plants, such as leaf, stalk, shoot, flower, root, tubers, fruits, bark, seed, wood, etc. or the whole plant. Seeds comprise any seed parts such as seed covers, epidermal and seed cells or embryonic tissue. Particular preference is given to the agricultural or harvested products, in particular fruits, seeds, tubers, fruits, roots, bark or leaves or parts thereof.

Thus, Arabidopsis plants having increased SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 ex¬ pression not only reach a defined weight significantly earlier than the reference plants but also attained a higher maximum fresh weight, dry weight, seed weight and/or higher yield.

Thus, for example, the fresh weight of Arabidopsis thaliana having increased SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 expression increased by 15% to 53% compared to the wild type in screening experiments (experiment 1.1 oder 1.2) and by 26%- 56% in confirma- tion experiments (confirmation loop 1 or 2) compared to wild type plants, grown in the same experiment under identical conditions. Details can be taken from Table 1.

If the method relates to a useful animal, "yield" means the amount of biomass or bio¬ material of a useful animal, which is suitable for further processing, in particular meat, fat, bones, organs, skin, fur, eggs or milk. If the method of the invention relates to a microorganism, the term "yield" means both the biomass produced by said microorganism, for example the fermentation broth, and the cells themselves. If said microorganism produces a particular product suitable for further processing or for direct application, for example the fine chemicals described below, the method of the invention preferably increases production of said product per microorganism or per unit time. "Increasing the amount", "increasing expression", "in¬ creasing the activity" or "increasing the mass" means in each case increasing the par¬ ticular property compared to the wild type or to a reference, taking into account the same growth conditions. The wild type or reference may be a cell compartment, a cell organelle, a cell, a tissue, an organ or a nonhuman organism, preferably a plant, which has not been subjected to the method of the invention but which is otherwise incubated under as identical conditions as possible and which is then compared to a product pre¬ pared according to the invention, with respect to the features mentioned herein.

An "increase" may also refer to a cell compartment, a cell organelle, a cell, a tissue, an organ or a non human organism, preferably a plant, as reference which has been modi¬ fied, altered and/or manipulated in such a way that it is possible to measure in it an increased SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity (product of the amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 and the relative activity thereof) or amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 (amount per compartment, organelle, cell, tissue, organ and/or nonhuman organism).

The increase may also be affected by endogenous or exogenous factors, for example by adding SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 or a precursor or an activator thereof to nutrients or animal feed. The increase may also be carried out by increasing endoge¬ nous or transgenic expression of a gene coding for SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 or for a precursor or activator or by increasing the stability of the abovementioned factors. The phenotypic action of a factor, in particular its SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, may be determined, for example in Arabidopsis, by constitutive expres- sion, as described in the examples. SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity here means an activity as described below.

Preference is given to increasing the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity in a cell, and more preference is given to the activity having increased in one or more tis- sues or one or more organs. Normally, the increase in a nonhuman organism entails an increase in one or more tissues or one or more organs, and this in turn often entails the increase in a cell, unless a protein is secreted. A higher SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity in a cell may be caused, for example, by a higher activity in one of the cellular compartments as listed below.

"Increasing the amount", "increasing expression", "increasing the activity" or "increasing the mass" means in each case increasing in a constitutive or inducible, stable or tran- sient manner. For example, the increase may also be increased in a cell or a tissue only at a particular time, in comparison with the reference, for example only in a par¬ ticular developmental stage or only in a particular phase of the cell cycle. The term "increase" also refers to an increase due to different amounts, which may be caused by the response to different inducing reagents such as, for example, hormones or biotic or abiotic signals. However, the activity may also be increased by SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide interacting with exogenous or endogenous modu¬ lators which act either in an inhibiting or activating manner.

"SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity" of a polypeptide here preferably means that increased expression or activity of said polypeptide or a homologous polypeptide as described under SEQ ID NO: 4, 6, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71 , 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85, 87, 89, 91, 93, 95, 99, 101 , 103, 105, 109, 111 , 113, 115, 117, 119, 121, 133 and 135 results in higher fresh weight, dry weight, seed weight and/or yield, and this particularly preferably results in a plurality of said features, even more preferably in all of said features. Most preferably, "SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity" of a polypeptide here means that said polypeptide comprises the polypeptide consensus or consensus core sequence defined above, or is encoded by a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of:

(a) nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypep¬ tide or encoding, preferably at least the mature form of the, polypeptide which is depicted in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125,129 or 137; (b) nucleic acid molecule comprising, preferably at least the mature, polynucleotide of the coding sequence according to SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124 ,128 or 136; (c) nucleic acid molecule whose sequence is derivable from a polypeptide sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according to (a) or (b), due to the degener¬ acy of the genetic code; (d) nucleic acid molecule encoding an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypep¬ tide whose sequence is at least 20%, preferably 35%, more preferably 45%, even more preferably 60%, even more preferably 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 98% and 99%, identical to the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule according to (a) to (c); (e) nucleic acid molecule encoding an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypep¬ tide that is derived from an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide en¬ coded by a nucleic acid molecule according to (a) to (d) by substitution, deletion and/or addition of one or more amino acids of the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecules (a) to (d); (f) nucleic acid molecule encoding a fragment or an epitope or a consensus motive of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (a) to (e); (g) nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which comprises the se¬ quence of a nucleic acid molecule obtained by amplification of a preferably mi¬ crobial or plant cDNA bank using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 96 and 97, 122 and 123, 126 and 127 and/or 130 and 131 or a combination thereof or of a preferably microbial or plant genomic bank using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 96 and 97, 122 and 123, 126 and 127,130 and 131 and/or 138 and 139;

(h) nucleic acid molecule encoding an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypep¬ tide which has been isolated with the aid of monoclonal antibodies against a polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (a) to (g); and

(i) nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening an appropriate library under stringent conditions using a probe comprising any of the sequences ac¬ cording to (a) to (h) or a fragment of at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt, of the nucleic acid shown in (a) to (h) and which en- codes a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide;

(j) nucleic acid molecule encoding a growth or yield increasing polypeptide compris¬ ing the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 , whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, of the amino acid are in- serted into or deleted from the shown sequence or shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107,

125 or 129, whereby 10 or less, preferably 7, of the amino acid positions indi¬ cated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 10 or less, preferably 7, of the amino acid are inserted into or deleted from the shown sequence; and that its increased activity in a nonhuman organism, in comparison with a reference organism, preferably in a plant, results in faster growth and/or increased yield in com¬ parison with a reference organism, as described above. The polynucleotide is prefera¬ bly of plant origin or originates from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic microorganism, for ex¬ ample Saccharomyces sp. The plant or the microorganism preferably grows faster or stronger and/or has a higher yield, as defined below.

"Increasing the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity" in a cell compartment, a cell organelle, a cell, a tissue, an organ or a nonhuman organism, preferably a plant, preferably means "increasing the absolute SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activ¬ ity", i.e. independently of whether this is due to more protein or more active protein in a cell compartment, a cell organelle, a cell, a tissue, an organ or a nonhuman organism in a cell compartment, a cell organelle, a cell, a tissue, an organ or a nonhuman organ¬ ism.

The specific activity may be increased, for example, by mutating the polypeptide, the consequence of which is higher turnover or better binding of cofactors, for example. Increasing the stability of the polypeptide increases, for example, the activity per unit, for example per volume or per cell, i.e. a loss of activity with time, due to degradation of said polypeptide, is prevented. An in-vitro assay for determining the specific activity of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 is not yet known to the skilled worker.

The specific activity of a polypeptide may be determined as described in the examples below. For example, it is possible to express a potential SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 in a model organism and to compare the growth curve with that of a reference under identical conditions. Preferably, an increase in growth can already be detected at the cellular level, but it may be necessary to observe a full vegetative period. Prefer¬ ence may be given here to using a plant expression and assay system for this purpose. Thus it was surprisingly found that constitutive expression of the yeast proteins SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 in plants also results in faster growth.

The term "increasing" means both that a substance or an activity, here SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 RNA or SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 DNA or SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 protein or SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, for ex¬ ample, is introduced to a particular environment for the first time or has previously not been detectable in said environment, for example by transgenic expression of a SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 nucleic acid in an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 deficient nonhuman organism, and that the activity or the amount of substance in a particular environment is increased in comparison with the original state, for example by transgenic coexpression of a SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 gene in an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 expressing organism or by uptake of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 from the environment. The term "increasing" thus also comprises de-novo expression.

The "dry weight" of a plant cell, a plant cell organelle, a plant tissue, a plant or a part thereof means the weight of the organic material of the plant cell, the plant cell organ¬ elle, the plant tissue, the plant or the part thereof less the amount of water included in the plant cell, the plant cell organelle, the plant tissue, the plant or the part thereof.

In one embodiment of the invention the dry weight of a plant cell, a plant cell organelle, a plant tissue, a plant or a part thereof (over) expressing anyone of the nucleic acid se¬ quences SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 or its homologs is increased by 1%, 2,5%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 50% or more in comparison to the variety de- posited at the lnstitut fϋr Pflanzengenetik und Kulturpflanzenforschung (IPK), Correnss- traβe 3, D-06466 Gatersleben, Germany, with the youngest deposition date before June 2, 2005.

In another embodiment of the invention the dry weight of a plant cell, a plant cell or- ganelle, a plant tissue, a plant or a part thereof (over)expressing anyone of the nucleic acid sequences SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 or its homologous sequences is increased by 1%, 2,5%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 50% or more in comparison to the dry weight of a variety selected from the group consisting of

(a) G. hirsutum IPK Accession Number GOS 6 (D 120), GOS 7 (ST 446), GOS 10 (D 1635), GOS 17 (D 4302), or GOS 21 (D 5553), or G. areysianum Deflers, or G. in- canum (Schwartz) HiIIc, or G. raimondii Ulbr., or G. stocksii Masters, or G. thurberi Tod., or G. tomentosum Nutt. or G. triphyllum Hochr., or Gossypium arboreum IPK Ac¬ cession Number GOS 13 (D 1634), GOS 16 (D 4240), GOS 18 (D 4505), GOS 19 (D 4506), GOS 20 (D 4750), or GOS 12 (D 1329), or Gossypium barbadense, or Gossy- pium herbaceum; and

(b) Brassica napus variety Mika, Brassica napus variety Digger, Brassica napus variety Artus, Brassica napus variety Terra, Brassica napus variety Smart, Brassica napus variety Olivine, Brassica napus variety Libretto, Brassica napus variety Wotan, Brassi- ca napus variety Panther, Brassica napus variety Express, Brassica napus variety Oa- se, Brassica napus variety Elan, Brassica napus variety Ability, Brassica napus variety Mohican; and

(c) Linum usitatissimum variety Librina, Linum usitatissimum variety Flanders, Linum usitatissimum variety Scorpion, Linum usitatissimum variety Livia, Linum usitatissimum variety Lola, Linum usitatissimum variety Taurus, Linum usitatissimum variety Golda, Linum usitatissimum variety Lirima, and

(d) Zea mays variety Articat, Zea mays variety NK Dilitop, Zea mays variety Total, Zea mays variety Oldham, Zea mays variety Adenzo, Zea mays variety NK Lugan, Zea mays variety Liberal, Zea mays variety Peso; and

(e) Glycine max variety Oligata, Glycine max variety Lotus, Glycine max variety Pri- mus.Glycine max variety Alma Ata, Glycine max variety OAC Vision, Glycine max va- riety Jutro; and

(f) Helianthus annus variety Helena, Helianthus annus variety Flavia, Helianthus annus variety Rigasol, Helianthus annus variety Flores, Helianthus annus variety Jazzy, Heli¬ anthus annus variety Pegaso, Helianthus annus variety Heliaroc, Helianthus annus variety Salut RM; and

(g) Camelina sativa variety Dolly, Camelina sativa variety Sonny, Camelina sativa va¬ riety Ligena, Camelina sativa variety Calinka; and

(h) Sinapis alba variety Martigena, Sinapis alba variety Silenda, Sinapis alba variety Sirola, Sinapis alba variety Sito, Sinapis alba variety Semper, Sinapis alba variety Se- co; and 5 007935

21

(i) Carthamus tinctorius variety Sabina, Carthamus tinctorius variety HUS-305, Carthamus tinctorius variety landrace, Carthamus tinctorius variety Thori-78, Cartha¬ mus tinctorius variety CR-34, Carthamus tinctorius variety CR-81; and

G) Brassica juncea variety Vittasso, Brassica juncea variety Muscon M-973, Brassica juncea variety RAPD, Brassica juncea variety Co.J.86, Brassica juncea variety IAC 1-2, Brassica juncea variety Pacific Gold; and

(k) Cocos nucifera L. varietes Maypan, Ceylon Tall, Indian Tall, Jamaica Tall, Malayan Tall, Java Tall, Laguna, KingCRIC 60, CRIC 65, CRISL 98, Moorock tall, Plus palm tall, San Ramon, Typica, Nana or Aurantiaca; and

(I) Triticum aestivum L. variety Altos, Bundessortenamt file number 2646, Triticum ae- stivum L. variety Bussard, Bundessortenamt file number 1641 , or Triticum aestivum L. variety Centrum, Bundessortenamt file number 2710; and

(m) Beta vulgaris variety Dieck 13, CPVO file number 19991828, Beta vulgaris variety FD 007, CPCO file number 20000506, or Beta vulgaris variety HI 0169, CPVO file number 20010315; and

(n) Hordeum vulgare variety Dorothea, CPVO file number 20031457, Hordeum vulgare variety Colibri, CPVO file number 20040122, Hordeum vulgare variety Brazil, CPVO file number 20010274, or Hordeum vulgare variety Christina, CPVO file number 20030277; and

(o) Secale cereale variety Esprit, CPVO file number 19950246, Secale cereale variety Resonanz, CPVO file number 20040651, or Secale cereale variety Ursus, CPVO file number 19970714; and

(p) Oryza sativa variety Gemini, CPVO file number 20010284, Oryza sativa variety Tanaro, CPVO file number 20020177, or Oryza sativa variety Zeus, CPVO file number 19980388; and

(q) Solanum tuberosum L. varieties Linda, Nicola, Solara, Agria, Sieglinde, or Russet Burbank; and

(r) Arachis hypogaea subsp. fastigiata cultivar Valencia; and

(s) Arachis hypogaea subsp. hypogaea cultivar Virginia variety 'Holland Jumbo', 'Vir¬ ginia A23-71, or 'Florida 416'; and (t) Arachis hypogaea subsp. hirsuta cultivar Peruvian runner variety 'Southeastern Runner 56-15', 'Dixie Runner1, or 'Early Runner'; and

(u) Arachis hypogaea subsp. vulgaris cultivar Spanish variety 'Dixie Spanish1, 'Im- proved Spanish 2B', or 'GFA Spanish1.

According to the knowledge of the skilled worker, the amount of RNA or polypeptide in a cell, a compartment, etc. regularly correlates to the activity of a protein in a volume. This correlation is not always linear, for example the activity also depends on the stabil- ity of the molecules or on the presence of activating or inhibiting cofactors. Likewise, product and reactant inhibitions are known. The invention on which the present applica¬ tion is based shows a dependency between the amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 RNA and the increase in the amount of biomaterial, in particular fresh weight, number of leaves and yield. Normally, increased expression of a gene results in an increase of the amount of the mRNA of said gene and of encoded polypeptide, as is also shown here in the examples. Consequently, an increased activity within an organ¬ elle, a cell, a tissue, an organ or a plant can be expected when the amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 is increased there. The same may also be expected when the amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 is increased in a different way.

In one embodiment the amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 mRNA or SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 protein in the nonhuman organism or in the parts men¬ tioned, for example organ, cell, tissue or organelle, is therefore increased. The amount may also be increased by, for example, de-novo or enhanced expression in the cells of the nonhuman organisms, by increased stability, reduced degradation or (increased) uptake from the outside.

In one embodiment, the method of the invention relates to faster growth and/or higher yield of a plant. Consequently, in a preferred embodiment, the method of the invention comprises increasing the activity of a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by a polynucleotide which comprises any of the abovementioned nucleic acid molecules (a) to (i) in a plant. More preferably, the polynucleotide encompasses any of the abovementioned nucleic acids molecules (a) to (c). Even more preference is given to increasing the activity of a polypeptide encoded by a polynucleotide which comprises any of the sequences depicted in SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 or which com¬ prises a nucleic acid coding for a polypeptide depicted in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 or for a homolog thereof.

Preferred homologs are described below. Thus, a particularly preferred homolog at the amino acid level is at least 20%, preferably 40%, more preferably 50%, even more preferably 60%, even more preferably 70%, even more preferably 80%, even more preferably 90%, and most preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99%, identical to a poly- peptide encoded according to SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 or depicted in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 with preference again being given to a homolog of an amino acid sequence encoded according to SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 or an amino acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137. If the present invention relates to a plant or to a method for increasing growth or yield in a plant, the SEQ ID NO : 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity in the plant is increased compared to the reference organism by 5% or more, more preferably by 10%, even more preferably by 20%, 30%, 50% or 100%. Most preferably, the activity is increased compared to the reference organism by 200%, 500% or 1 000% or more.

Owing to the higher SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, in particular owing to a from 5% to 1 000% increase in SEQ ID NO : 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, pref¬ erably owing to a from 10% to 100% increase, growth of the plant is preferably 5%, preferably 10%, 20% or 30%, faster. More preferably, growth is faster by 50%, 100%, 200% or 500% or more, in comparison with a reference organism. Preference is also given to increasing the SEQ ID NO : 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity by 10%, 20%, 30% or from 50% to 1 000% and to a faster growth of 10%, 20%, 30% or from 50% to 200%.

Owing to the higher SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, in particular owing to a from 5% to 1 000% increase in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, prefera¬ bly owing to a from 10% to 100% increase, yield of the plant is preferably 5%, prefera¬ bly 10%, 20% or 30%, higher. More preferably, yield is higher by 50%, 100%, 200% or 500% or more, in comparison with a reference organism. Preference is also given to increasing the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity by 10%, 20%, 30% or from 50% to 100% and to a higher yield of 10%, 20%, 30% or 50%.

In another embodiment, the method of the invention relates to faster growth and/or higher yield or a higher biomass in microorganisms. Surprisingly, expression of the SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 of the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae, leads to faster growth in Arabidopsis and may lead to a higher yield. Owing to the highly con¬ served nature of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137, the increased activity of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 in microorganisms or animals can likewise be expected to result in faster growth, i.e. in a higher rate of division or higher growth rate or due to larger cells. Consequently, in a preferred embodiment, the method of the invention comprises increasing in a microorganism, an animal or a cell the activity of an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by a polynucleotide which comprises any of the abovementioned nucleic acids (a) to (i). More preferably, the polynucleotide comprises any of the abovementioned nucleic acids (a) to (c) or any of said homologs thereof. Preferred homologs are described below. For example, a particularly preferred homolog is at least 30%, preferably 40%, more preferably 50%, even more preferably 60%, even more preferably 70%, even more preferably 80%, even more preferably 90%, and most preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99%, identical at the amino acid level to a polypeptide according to SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137.

In one embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide comprising the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124 128 or 136, whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, of the amino acid are inserted into the shown sequence, whereby 10 or less, preferably 7, of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 10 or less, preferably 7, of the amino acid are inserted into or absent from the shown sequence.

In one embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a polypeptide SEQ ID NO: 2 comprising or consisting of a polypeptide comprising the consensus or consensus core sequence from different organisms defined above, and as shown in Figure 1 , whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, preferably 9, 8, 7, or 6, more preferred 5 or 4, even more preferred 3, even more preferred 2, even more preferred 1 , most preferred 0 of the amino acids positions indicated by a capital letter in Figure 1 can be replaced by an x and/or not more than 5, preferably 4, even more preferred 3 or 2, most preferred one or non amino acid position indicated by a capital letter in Figure 1 are/is replaced by an x and/or 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, preferably 9, 8, 7, or 6, more preferred 5 or 4, even more preferred 3, even more preferred 2, even more preferred 1 , most preferred 0 amino acids are inserted into or absent from the consensus sequence.

In another embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a polypeptide SEQ ID NO: 2 comprising or consisting of a polypeptide comprising the consensus sequence from different plant species defined above, e.g. as shown in Figure 2, whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, preferably 9, 8, 7, or 6, more preferred 5 or 4, even more preferred 3, even more preferred 2, even more preferred 1 , most preferred 0 of the amino acids positions indicated by a capital letter in Figure 2 can be replaced by an x and/or not more than 5, preferably 4, even more preferred 3 or 2, most preferred one or non amino acid position indicated by a capital letter in Figure 2 are/is replaced by an x and/or 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, preferably 9, 8, 7, or 6, more preferred 5 or 4, even more preferred 3, even more preferred 2, even more preferred 1 , most preferred 0 amino acids are inserted into or absent from the consensus sequence.

If the present invention relates to a microorganism or to a method for increasing growth or yield in microorganisms, the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity is prefera¬ bly at least 5%, more preferably 10%, even more preferably 20%, 30%, 50% or 100%, higher than that of the reference organism. Most preferably, the activity is 200%, 500% or 1 000% or more, higher than in the reference organism. Owing to the higher SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, in particular owing to a from 5% to 1 000% increase in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, prefera¬ bly owing to a from 10% to 100% increase, growth of the microorganism is preferably 5%, preferably 10%, 20% or 30%, faster. More preferably, growth is faster by 50%, 100%, 200% or 500% or more, in comparison with a reference organism. Preference is also given to increasing the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity by 10%, 20%, 30% or from 50% to 100% and to a faster growth of 10%, 20%, 30% or 50%.

Owing to the higher SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, in particular owing to a from 5% to 1 000% increase in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, prefera¬ bly owing to a from 10% to 100% increase, yield, in particular the biomass, of the mi¬ croorganism is preferably 5%, preferably 10%, 20% or 30%, higher. More preferably, yield is higher by 50%, 100%, 200% or 500% or more, in comparison with a reference organism. Preference is also given to increasing the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity by 10%, 20%, 30% or from 50% to 100% and to a higher yield of 10%, 20%, 30% or 50%.

In a further embodiment, the method of the invention relates to faster growth and/or higher yield of a useful animal. Consequently, in a preferred embodiment, the method of the invention comprises increasing in a useful animal the activity of an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by a polynucleotide which comprises any of the abovementioned nucleic acids. More preferably, the polynucleotide comprises any of the abovementioned nucleic acids (a) to (c).

If the present invention relates to a useful animal or to a method for increasing growth or yield of a useful animal in comparison with a reference animal, the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity is preferably at least 5%, more preferably 10%, even more preferably 20%, 30%, 50% or 100%, higher than that of the reference organism. Most preferably, the activity is 200%, 500% or 1 000% or more, higher than in the reference organism.

Owing to the higher SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, in particular owing to a from 5% to 1 000% increase in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, prefera¬ bly owing to a from 10% to 100% increase, growth of the useful animal is preferably 5%, preferably 10%, 20% or 30%, faster, by comparison. More preferably, growth is faster by 50%, 100%, 200% or 500% or more, in comparison with a reference organ¬ ism. Preference is also given to increasing the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide activity by 10%, 20%, 30% or from 50% to 100% and to a faster growth of 10%, 20%, 30% or 50%. The nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 124, 128 or 136 and used in the method of the invention are nucleic acid sequences coding for polypeptides whose activity is not ex¬ actly known yet.

Owing to the homology of SEQ ID NO: 2 to a protein involved in the biosynthesis of vitamin B6, however, it may be assumed that it is a corresponding protein which is di¬ rectly or indirectly involved in the metabolism of vitamin B6. Thus it would be possible to determine increased activity of the SEQ ID NO: 2 protein in a cell, an organelle, a compartment, a tissue, an organ or a nonhuman organism, in particular a plant, by measuring vitamin B6 biosynthetic activity.

Owing to the homology of SEQ ID NO: 107 to a protein involved in the vacuolar morphogenesis protein VAM 7, however, it may be assumed that it is a corresponding protein which is directly or indirectly involved in the vacuolar membrane physiology. Thus it would be possible to determine increased activity of the SEQ ID NO: 107 pro¬ tein in a cell, an organelle, a compartment, a tissue, an organ or a nonhuman organ¬ ism, in particular a plant, by measuring presence of this protein in vacuolar mem¬ branes.

Apart from that, the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity may be determined indirectly via measuring the amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 RNA or SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 protein. Thus, a quantitative Northern blot or quantitative PCR of the inventive polynucleotides described herein may determine the amount of mRNA, for example in a cell or in a total extract, and a Western blot may be used to compare the amount of the protein, for example in a cell or a total extract, to that in a reference. Methods of this kind are known to the skilled worker and have been extensively described, for example also in Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989 or in Current Protocols, 1989 and updates, John Wiley & Sons, N. Y., or in other sources cited below.

A suitable non human organism (host organism) for preparation in the method of the invention is in principle any nonhuman organism for which faster growth is useful and desirable, such as, for example, microorganisms such as yeasts, fungi or bacteria, monocotyledonous or dicotyledonous plants, mosses, algae, and also useful animals, as listed below. The term nonhuman organism, host organism or useful animal also includes living material of human origin, for example human cell lines, but does not include a human organism.

The term "plants", as used herein, may include higher plants, lower plants, mosses and algae; however, in a preferred embodiment of the method of the invention, the term "plants" relates to higher plants. Advantageously, the method of the invention uses plants which belong to the useful plants, as listed below. Apart from production of animal feed or food, the plants pre¬ pared according to the invention may in particular also be used for the preparation of fine chemicals.

In one embodiment, the method of the invention comprises increasing the activity of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide by increasing the activity of at least one polypeptide in said organism or in one or more parts thereof, which is encoded by a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of:

(aa) nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide or encoding, preferably at least the mature, form of the poly- peptide which is depicted in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137;

(bb) nucleic acid molecule comprising, preferably at least the mature, polynu¬ cleotide of the coding sequence according to SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136;

(cc) nucleic acid molecule whose sequence is derivable from a polypeptide se- quence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according to (aa) or (bb), due to the degeneracy of the genetic code;

(dd) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide whose sequence is at least 20%, preferably 35%, more preferably 45%, even more preferably 60%, even more preferably 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 98% and 99%, identical to the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule according to (aa) to (cc);

(ee) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which is derived from a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according to (aa) to (dd,) preferably (aa) to (cc), by substitution, deletion and/or addition of one or more amino acids of the amino acid se¬ quence of the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecules (aa) to (dd), preferably (aa) to (cc);

(ff) nucleic acid molecule encoding a fragment or an epitope of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (aa) to (ee), preferably (aa) to (cc);

(gg) nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which comprises the sequence of a nucleic acid molecule obtained by amplification of a pref¬ erably microbial or plant cDNA bank using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 96 and 97, 122 and 123, 126 and 127, 130 and 131 and/or 138 and 139 or a combination thereof or of a preferably microbial or plant genomic bank us¬ ing the primers in SEQ ID NO: 96 and 97, 122 and 123, 126 and 127, 130 and 131 and/or 138 and 139; (hh) nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide which is isolated with the aid of monoclonal antibodies against a polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (aa) to (gg), preferably (aa) to (cc) and (ii) nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening an appropriate li¬ brary under stringent conditions using a probe comprising any of the se¬ quences according to (aa) to (hh), preferably (aa) to (cc), or a fragment of at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt, of the nucleic acid characterized in (aa) to (hh), preferably (aa) to (cc), and which encodes a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide; or

Oj) nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide comprising the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 125 or 128, whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, of the amino acid are inserted into the shown sequence.or whereby 10 or less, preferably 7, of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 10 or less, preferably 7, of the amino acid are inserted into or deleted from the shown sequence; or which comprises a complementary sequence thereof.

In one embodiment, the activity of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 protein is increased by

(a) increasing the expression of a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide; (b) increasing the stability of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 RNA or of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 protein, preferably of a polypeptide or polynucleotide as described in (a);

(c) increasing the specific activity of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 protein, preferably of a polypeptide as described in (a) or encoded by a polynucleotide described in (a);

(d) expressing a natural or artificial transcription factor capable of increasing expres¬ sion of an endogenous SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 gene function, pref-

' erably comprising the sequence of a polynucleotide described in (a); or

(e) adding an exogenous factor which increases or induces SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity or SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 expression to the food or the medium, preferably of a polynucleotide or polynucleotide described in (a).

In one embodiment, the method of the invention comprises increasing the activity of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide by introducing a polynucleotide into the organism, preferably into a plant, or into one or more parts thereof, which polynu¬ cleotide codes for a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid molecule selected from the group con¬ sisting of:

(a) nucleic acid molecule encoding an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypep¬ tide or encoding, preferably at least the mature form of, the polypeptide that is depicted in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125,129 or 137;

(b) nucleic acid molecule comprising, preferably at least the mature, polynucleotide of the coding sequence according to SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136;

(c) nucleic acid molecule whose sequence is derivable from a polypeptide sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according to (a) or (b), due to the degener- acy of the genetic code;

(d) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide whose sequence is at least 20%, preferably 35%, more preferably 45%, even more preferably 60%, even more preferably 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 98% and 99%, identical to the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule according to (a) to (C);

(e) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide that is derived from an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule ac¬ cording to (a) to (d) preferably (a) to (c) by substitution, deletion and/or addition of one or more amino acids of the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide en- coded by the nucleic acid molecules (a) to (d), preferably (a) to (c);

(f) nucleic acid molecule encoding a fragment or an epitope of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (a) to (e), preferably (a) to (c);

(g) nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which comprises the se- quence of a nucleic acid molecule obtained by amplification of preferably micro¬ bial or a plant cDNA bank using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 96 and 97, 122 and 123, 126 and 127 or 130 and 131 or a combination thereof or of a preferably mi¬ crobial or plant genomic bank using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 96 and 97, 122 and 123, 126 and 127, 130 and 131 and/or 138 und 139; (h) nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypep¬ tide which is isolated with the aid of monoclonal antibodies against a polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (a) to (g), preferably (a) to (c); and (i) nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening an appropriate library under stringent conditions using a probe comprising any of the sequences ac¬ cording to (a) to (h) preferably (a) to (c) or a fragment of at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt, of the nucleic acid characterized in (a) to (h), preferably (a) to (c) and which encodes an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide; G) nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypep¬ tide comprising the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136, whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, of the amino acid are inserted into the shown sequence, or whereby 10 or less, pref¬ erably 7, of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 10 or less, preferably 7, of the amino acid are inserted into or absent from the shown sequence; or which comprises a complementary sequence thereof.

The organism is preferably a microorganism or, more preferably a plant.

The term "coding" sequence or "to code" means according to the invention both the codogenic sequence and the complementary sequence or a reference to these, i.e. both DNA and RNA sequences are regarded as coding. For example, a structural gene encodes an mRNA via transcription and a protein via translation, and a coding mRNA is translated into a protein. Both molecules contain the information leading to the se- quence of the coded polypeptide, i.e. they encode the latter. Posttranscriptional and posttranslational modifications of RNA and polypeptide are sufficiently known to the skilled worker and are likewise included.

According to the invention, "organism or one or more parts thereof means a cell, a cell compartment, an organelle, a tissue or an organ of an organism or a nonhuman organ¬ ism.

According to the invention, "plant or one or more parts thereof means a cell, a cell compartment, an organelle, a tissue, an organ or a plant.

The terms "nucleic acid", "nucleic acid molecule" and "polynucleotide" and also "poly¬ peptide" and "protein" are used herein synonymously.

In the method of the invention, "nucleic acids" or "polynucleotides" mean DNA or RNA sequences which may be single- or double-stranded or may have, where appropriate, synthetic, non-natural or modified nucleotide bases which can be incorporated into DNA or RNA.

Consequently, the present invention also relates to a polynucleotide, which comprises a nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of:

(a) nucleic acid molecule encoding, preferably at least the mature form of, the poly¬ peptide as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 or comprising, at least the mature form of, the polynucleotide depicted in SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136; (b) nucleic acid molecule whose sequence is derivable from a polypeptide sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according to (a) due to the degeneracy of the genetic code; (c) nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypep¬ tide whose sequence is at least 30%, preferably 35%, more preferably 45%, even more preferably 60%, even more preferably 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 98% and 99%, identical to the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 or comprising the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136;

(d) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide that is derived from an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by a polynucleotide according to (a) to (c) by substitution, deletion and/or addition of one or more amino acids of the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecules (a) to (c) and encoding SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125 129 or 137;

(e) nucleic acid molecule encoding a fragment or an epitope of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecule- saccording to (a) to (d), preferably (a) to (c) and encoding a protein having SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity;

(f) nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which comprises the se¬ quence of a nucleic acid molecule obtained by amplification of a plant cDNA bank using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 96 and 97, 122 and 123, 126 and 127 and/or 130 and 131 or a combination thereof or of a preferably microbial or plant genomic bank using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 96 and 97, 122 and 123, 126 and 127, 130 and 131 and/or 138 and 139;

(g) nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypep¬ tide which has been isolated with the aid of monoclonal antibodies against a polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (a) to (f), preferably (a) to (c) and encoding a protein having SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125 or

129 activity;

(h) nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening an appropriate library under stringent conditions using a probe comprising any of the sequences ac¬ cording to (a) to (g) or a fragment of at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt, of the nucleic acid characterized in (a) to (g), preferably

(a) to (c) and which encodes a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide, (i) nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypep¬ tide comprising the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124 or 128, whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, of the amino acid positions indicated can be re- placed by an X and/or whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, of the amino acid are inserted into the shown sequence, or whereby 10 or less, preferably 7, of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 10 or less, preferably 7, of the amino acid are inserted into or absent from the shown sequence; or the complementary strand thereof, said polynucleotide or said nucleic acid molecule according to (a) to (i) not comprising the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136. Preferably, the polynucleotide of the present invention differs from the herein shown previously published polynucleotides by at least one nucleotide, e.g. from SEQ ID NO: NO 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94 or 108, 110, 112, 114, 116, 118, 120, or 106, 124 or 128 or 136. Preferably, the polypeptide encoded differs from the previously published polypeptides by at least one amino acid, e.g. from SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71, 73, 75, 77, 79, 81 , 83, 85, 87, 89, 91, 93, 95 or 107, 109, 111 , 113, 115, 117, 119,121 or 125, or 129, 137 .

SEQ ID NO: 1 and 2 describe the polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 2) and the nuleic acid se¬ quence (SEQ ID NO: 1) for the locus YMR095C of Saccharomyces cerevisiae, as for example disclosed under Accession PIR|S55081 for the YMR095c protein and acces¬ sion GENESEQ_DNA|AAA14857 for the YMR095C nucleic acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 106 and 107 describe the polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 107) and the nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 106) for the locus YGL212w of Saccharomyces cere¬ visiae, as disclosed for example under Accessions PIR|S31263 for the YGL212W pro- tein and Z72734 for the YGL212w nucleic acid sequence.

SEQ ID NO: 124 and 125 describe the polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 125) and the nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 124) for the locus YMR107w of Saccharomyces cere¬ visiae, as for example disclosed under Accessions SWISSPROT|YMZ7_YEAST for YMR107w protein and plant|AY558405 for the YMR107W nucleic acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 128 and 129 describe the polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 129) and the nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 128) for the locus YDL057w of Saccharomyces cere¬ visiae, as disclosed under Accessions SPTREMBL|Q07379 for the YDL057W protein and plant|Z74105 for the YDL057w nucleic acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 136 and 137 describe the polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 137) and the nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 136) for the locus YGL217C of Saccharomyces cere¬ visiae, as disclosed for example under Accessions NP_011298.1 for the YGL217C protein and AY693253 for the YGL217C nucleic acid sequence.

In one embodiment, the invention furthermore relates to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, e.g. derived from plants, which comprises a nucleic acid molecule encod¬ ing a polypeptide comprising any one of SEQ ID NO: 52, 78, 90, 98, 100, 102, 104, 108, 118, 132 or 134 or selected from the group consisting of: (a) nucleic acid molecule encoding preferably at least the mature form of the poly¬ peptide as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 53, 79, 91, 99, 101, 103, 105, 109, 119, 133 or 135 or comprising, preferably at least the mature form of the polynucleotide depicted in SEQ ID NO: 52, 78, 90, 98, 100, 102, 104, 108, 118, 132 or 134; (b) nucleic acid molecule whose sequence is derivable from a polypeptide sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according to (a) due to the degeneracy of the genetic code;

(c) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide whose sequence is at least 55%, preferably 60%, more preferably 70%, even more preferably 80%, even more preferably 90%, most preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 52, 78, 90, 98, 100, 102, 104, 108, 118, 132 or 134; or comprising the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 52, 78, 90, 98, 100, 102, 104, 108, 118, 132 or 134;

(d) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide whose sequence is at least 90%, preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99%, identical to the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 53, 79, 91 , 99, 101, 103, 105, 109, 119, 133 or 135 or comprising the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 53, 79, 91 , 99, 101, 103, 105, 109, 119, 133 or 135;

(e) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide whose sequence is at least 65%, more preferably 70%, even more preferably 80%, even more preferably 90%, most preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99%, identical to the amino acid se¬ quence of the polypeptide encoded by the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 53, 79, 91, 99, 101, 103, 105, 109, 119, 133 or 135 or comprising the sequence de¬ picted in SEQ ID NO: 53, 79, 91 , 99, 101 , 103, 105, 109, 119, 133 or 135; (T) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide whose sequence is at least 55%, more preferably 70%, even more preferably 80%, even more preferably 90%, most preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99%, identical to the amino acid se- quence of the polypeptide encoded by the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 53,

79, 91, 99, 101 , 103, 105, 109, 119, 133 or 135 or comprising the sequence de¬ picted in SEQ ID NO: 53, 79, 91 , 99, 101 , 103, 105, 109, 119, 133 or 135; (g) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide whose sequence is at least 35%, more preferably 50%, 60% or 70%, even more preferably 80%, even more pref- erably 90%, most preferably 95%, 96%, 97%; 98% or 99%, identical to the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 53, 79, 91 , 99, 101 , 103, 105, 109, 119, 133 or 135 or comprising the se¬ quence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 53, 79, 91 , 99, 101 , 103, 105, 109, 119, 133 or 135; (h) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide whose sequence is at least 55%, preferably 60%, more preferably 70%, even more preferably 80%, even more preferably 90%, most preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 53, 79, 91 , 99, 101 , 103, 105, 109, 119, 133 or 135 or comprising the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 53, 79, 91, 99, 101, 103, 105, 109, 119,

133 or 135; (i) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide whose sequence is at least 90%, preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99%, identical to the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 53, 79, 91, 99, 101, 103, 105, 109, 119, 133 or 135 or comprising the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 53, 79, 91 , 99, 101, 103, 105, 109, 119, 133 or 135;

(j) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide that is derived from a polypeptide encoded by a polynucleotide according to (a) to (i) by substitution, deletion and/or addition of one or more amino acids of the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecules (a) to (i); (k) nucleic acid molecule encoding a fragment or an epitope of the polypeptide en¬ coded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (a) to Q); (I) nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which comprises the se¬ quence of a nucleic acid molecule obtained by amplification of a preferably mi¬ crobial or plant cDNA library using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 96 and 97, 122 and 123, 126 and 127, 130 and 131 and/or 138 and 139 or a combination thereof or of a preferably microbial or plant genomic library;

(m) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 which has been isolated with the aid of monoclonal antibodies against a polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (a) to (I); (n) nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening an appropriate library under stringent conditions using a probe comprising any of the sequences ac¬ cording to (a) to (m) or a fragment of at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt, of the nucleic acid characterized in (a) to (m) and which encodes an polypeptide; (o) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the sequence shown in SEQ ID No: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137, whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, of the amino acid are inserted into or absent from the shown sequence or shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137, whereby 10 or less, preferably 7, of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an

X and/or whereby 10 or less, preferably 7, of the amino acid are inserted into or absent from the shown sequence;

or the complementary strand thereof, preferably said polynucleotide or said nucleic acid molecule according to (a) to (o) not comprising the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 or the sequence complementary thereto. According to the invention, the polynucleotide may be DNA or RNA.

In principle, any nucleic acids coding for polypeptides with SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity may be used in the method of the invention. In case of preparing plants with higher biomass or higher yield, advantageously, said nucleic acids are from plants such as algae, mosses or higher plants. In the method of the invention, a nucleic acid sequence is advantageously selected from the group consisting of the sequence SEQ ID NO: 52, 78, 90, 98, 100, 102, 104, 108, 118, 132, 134 or the above-described derivatives or homologs thereof coding for polypeptides which still have SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 biological activity. These sequences are cloned individually or in combination, including with other genes, into expression constructs.

Nucleic acid sequences of a particular donor organism, which code for polypeptides with SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity, are usually generally accessible. Par¬ ticular mention must be made here of general gene databases such as the EMBL da¬ tabase (Stoesser G. et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 2001 , Vol. 29, 17-21), the GenBank da¬ tabase (Benson DA et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 2000, Vol. 28, 15-18), or the PIR data¬ base (Barker W. C. et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 1999, Vol. 27, 39-43). It is furthermore possible to use organism-specific gene databases such as, for example, advanta¬ geously the SGD database (Cherry J. M. et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 1998, Vol. 26, 73- 80) or the MIPS database (Mewes H.W. et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 1999, Vol. 27, 44-48) for yeast, the GenProtEC database (http://web.bham.ac.uk/bcm4ght6/res.html) for £. coli, and the TAIR database (Huala, E. et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 2001 Vol. 29(1), 102- 5) or the MIPS database for Arabidopsis.

Advantageously, SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 used in the method of the inven¬ tion and the non human organism employed are from the same origin or from an origin which is genetically as close as possible, for example from the same or a very closely related type or species. However, a synthetic SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 may also be used in a nonhuman organism.

In a further embodiment it might be advantageously to use a gene encoding a protein of the invention which is not derived from the nonhuman organism, in which the inven- tion should be carried out to avoid the problem of cosuppression which sometimes oc¬ curs when genes are overexpressed in the organism from which they are derived.

The term "gene" means in accordance with the invention a nucleic acid sequence which comprises a codogenic gene section and regulatory elements. "Codogenic gene sections" mean in accordance with the invention a continuous nucleic acid sequence ("open reading frame, abbreviated ORF). Said ORF may contain no, one or more in- trons which are linked via suitable splice sites to the exons present in the ORF. An ORF and its regulatory elements encode, for example, structural genes which are translated into enzymes, transporters, ion channels, etc., for example, or non-structural genes such as regulatory genes such as the Rho or Sigma protein, for example. How¬ ever, genes may also be encoded which are not translated into proteins. For expres¬ sion in a nonhuman organism, a codogenic gene section is expressed together with particular regulatory elements such as promoter, terminator, UTR, etc., for example. The regulatory elements may be of homologous or heterologous origin. Gene, codogenic gene section (ORFs), regulatory sequence are covered by the terms nucleic acid and polynucleotide hereinbelow.

The term "expression" means transcription and/or translation of a codogenic gene sec¬ tion or gene. The resulting product is usually an mRNA or a protein. However, ex¬ pressed products also include RNAs such as, for example, regulatory RNAs or ri- bozymes. Expression may be systemic or local, for example restricted to particular cell types, tissues or organs. Expression includes processes in the area of transcription which relate especially to transcription of rRNA, tRNA and mRNA, to RNA transport and to processing of the transcript. In the area of protein biosynthesis, especially ribo- some biogenesis, translation, translational control and aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases are included. Functions in the area of protein processing relate especially to folding and stabilizing, to targeting, sorting and translocation and to protein modification, assembly of protein complexes and proteolytic degradation of proteins.

The expression products of the codogenic gene sections (ORFs) and of their regulatory elements can be characterized by their function. Examples of these functions are those in the areas metabolism, energy, transcription, protein synthesis, protein processing, cellular transport and transport mechanisms, cellular communication and signal trans¬ duction, cell rescue, cellular defense and cell virulence, regulation of the cellular envi¬ ronment and interaction of the cell with its environment, cell fate, transposable ele¬ ments, viral proteins and plasmid proteins, control of cellular organization, subcellular location, regulation of protein activity, proteins with binding function or cofactor re¬ quirement and facilitated transport. Genes with identical functions are grouped together in "functional gene families". According to the invention, expression of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 results in an increased growth rate.

A polynucleotide usually includes an untranslated sequence, located at the 3' and 5' ends of the coding gene region, for expression: for example, from 500 to 100 nucleo¬ tides of the sequence upstream of the 5' end of the coding region and/or, for example, from 200 to 20 nucleotides of the sequence downstream of the 3' end of the coding gene region. An "isolated" nucleic acid molecule is removed from other nucleic acid molecules present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. An "isolated" nucleic acid preferably has no sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid in the genomic DNA of the organism from which said nucleic acid originates (e.g. sequences located at the 5' and 3' ends of said nucleic acid). In various embodiments, the isolated nucleic acid molecule SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 may contain, for example, 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 0.1 kb or 0 kb of nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nu¬ cleic acid molecule in the genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid origi¬ nates. EP2005/007935

37

The nucleic acid molecules used in the present method, for example a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence of the nucleic acid molecules used in the method of the invention or of a part thereof, may be isolated using molecular-biological standard techniques and the sequence information provided herein. It is also possible to identify, for example, a homologous sequence or homologous, conserved sequence regions at the DNA or amino acid level with the aid of comparative algorithms. These sequence regions may be used as hybridization probes by means of standard hybridi¬ zation techniques, as described, for example, in Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Labo- ratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989, to isolate further nucleic acid sequences useful in the method. In addition, a nucleic acid molecule comprising a complete sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 or SEQ ID NO: 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92,94, 98, 100, 102 or 104 or 108, 110, 112, 114, 116, 118,120, 132 or 134 or of the other nucleic acid molecules used in the method of the invention or a part thereof can be isolated by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and prepared according to known methods. It is possible to amplify a nucleic acid of the invention according to standard PCR amplification techniques using cDNA prepared by means of reverse transcription or, alternatively, genomic DNA as template and suitable oligonucleotide primers. The nucleic acid amplified in this way may be cloned into a suitable vector and characterized by means of DNA sequence analysis.

I

Examples of homologs of the nucleic acid molecules used in the method of the inven- tion are allelic variants which are at least 30%, preferably 40%, more preferably 50%, 60%, 70%, 80% or 90% and even more preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more, identical to any of the nucleotide sequences depicted in SEQ ID NO: 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92,94, 98, 100, 102 or 104 or 108, 110, 112, 114, 116, 118, 120, 132 or 134. Allelic variants include in par¬ ticular functional variants which can be obtained by deletion, insertion or substitution of nucleotides from/into/in the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92,94, 98, 100, 102 or 104 or 108, 110, 112, 114, 116, 118, 120, 132 or 134 , but with the idea of retaining or increasing the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity of the synthetized proteins derived therefrom. Proteins which still possess the biological or enzymic activity of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 also include those whose activity is essentially not reduced, i.e. proteins having 5%, preferably 20%, particularly preferably 30%, very particularly pref- erably 40% or more of the original biological activity, compared to the protein encoded by SEQ ID NO: 4, 6, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71, 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85, 87, 89, 91, 93, 95, 99, 101, 103 or 105 or 109, 111, 113, 115, 117, 119, 121 , 133 or 135.

Preferably, however, the homologous activity is increased compared to heterologous expression of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 in the particular nonhuman organ¬ ism.

Homologs of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92,94, 98, 100, 102 or 104 or 108, 110, 112, 114, 116, 118, 120, or 106, 124 or 128 or 132, 134 or 136 of the nucleic acid molecules used in the method of the invention also mean, for example, prokaryotic or eukaryotic, i.e. for example bacte¬ rial, animal, fungal and plant homologs, truncated sequences, single-stranded DNA or RNA of the coding and noncoding DNA sequence.

Homologs of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92,94, 98, 100, 102 or 104 or 108, 110, 112, 114, 116, 118, 120 or 106, 124 or 128 or 132, 134 or 136 of the nucleic acid molecules used in the method of the invention also include derivatives such as, for example, variants of the coding se¬ quence or of the regulatory sequences, such as, for example, promoter, UTR, enhan¬ cer, splice signals, processing signals, polyadenylation signals, etc. The derivatives of the nucleotide sequences indicated may be modified by one or more nucleotide substi¬ tutions, by insertion(s) and/or deletion(s), without disturbing functionality or activity, however. It is furthermore possible that the activity of the derivatives is increased by modification of their sequence or that said derivatives are completely replaced with more active elements, even those from heterologous organisms.

In order to determine the percentage homology (= identity) of two amino acid se- quences (e.g. any of the sequences of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 65, 67, 69, 71, 73, 75, 77, 79, 81 , 83, 85, 87, 89, 91 , 93, 95, 99, 101 , 103 or 105 or 107 or 109, 111 , 113, 115, 117, 119,121 or 125, or 129, 133, 135 or 137 or of two nucleic acids (e.g. any of the sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92,94, 98, 100, 102 or 104 or 108, 110, 112, 114, 116, 118 or 120 or 106, 124 or 128 or 132, 134 or 136), the sequences are compared to one another, for example by aligning said sequences or by analyzing both se¬ quences with the aid of computer programs. Gaps may be introduced in the sequence of one protein or one nucleic acid to produce optimal alignment with the other protein or the other nucleic acid. The amino acid residues or nucleotides at the corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in one sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or the same nucleotide as the corresponding position in the other sequence, then the molecules are identical at this position (i.e. amino acid or nucleic acid "homology", is used herein, is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid "identity"). The percentage homology between the two se- quences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences (i.e. % homology = number of identical positions/total number of positions * 100). The terms homology and identity are thus used synonymously herein.

"Identity" between two proteins or nucleic acid sequences means identity over the en- tire length, in particular the identity carried out as described in the examples.

The NCBI standard settings were used for the blastp comparison of the amino acid sequences, i.e. using the following parameters: "composition based statics" and "low complexity filter, "Expect":10, "Word Size":3, "Matrix": Blosum62 and "Gap cost": Exis- tence :11 Extension: 1.

The identity of various amino acid sequences to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 and 107 is indicated below by way of example for SEQ ID NO 2 in Figure 3 and for SEQ ID NO: 107 in Figure 4.

However, for the determination of the percentage homology (=identity) of two or more amino acids or of two or more nucleotide sequences several other computer software programs have been developed. The homology of two or more sequences can be cal¬ culated with for example the software fasta, which presently has been used in the ver- sion fasta 3 (W. R. Pearson and D. J. Lipman (1988), Improved Tools for Biological Sequence Comparison. PNAS 85:2444- 2448; W. R. Pearson (1990) Rapid and Sensi¬ tive Sequence Comparison with FASTP and FASTA, Methods in Enzymology 183:63 - 98; W. R. Pearson and D. J. Lipman (1988) Improved Tools for Biological Sequence Comparison. PNAS 85:2444- 2448; W. R. Pearson (1990); Rapid and Sensitive Se- quence Comparison with FASTP and FASTAMethods in Enzymology 183:63 - 98). Another useful program for the calculation of homologies of different sequences is the standard blast program, which is included in the Biomax pedant software (Biomax, Mu¬ nich, Federal Republic of Germany). This leads unfortunately sometimes to suboptimal results since blast does not always include complete sequences of the subject and the querry. Nevertheless as this program is very efficient it can be used for the comparison of a huge number of sequences. The following settings are typically used for such a comparisons of sequences:

-p Program Name [String]; -d Database [String]; default = nr; -i Query File [File In]; default = stdin; -e Expectation value (E) [Real]; default = 10.0; -m alignment view op- tions: 0 = pairwise; 1 = query-anchored showing identities; 2 = query-anchored no iden¬ tities; 3 = flat query-anchored, show identities; 4 = flat query-anchored, no identities; 5 = query-anchored no identities and blunt ends; 6 = flat query-anchored, no identities and blunt ends; 7 = XML Blast output; 8 = tabular; 9 tabular with comment lines [Inte¬ ger]; default = 0; -o BLAST report Output File [File Out] Optional; default = stdout; -F Filter query sequence (DUST with blastn, SEG with others) [String]; default = T; -G Cost to open a gap (zero invokes default behavior) [Integer]; default = 0; -E Cost to extend a gap (zero invokes default behavior) [Integer]; default = 0; -X X dropoff value for gapped alignment (in bits) (zero invokes default behavior); blastn 30, megablast 20, tblastx 0, all others 15 [Integer]; default = 0; -I Show Gl's in deflines [T/F]; default = F; - q Penalty for a nucleotide mismatch (blastn only) [Integer]; default = -3; -r Reward for a nucleotide match (blastn only) [Integer]; default = 1; -v Number of database se- quences to show one-line descriptions for (V) [Integer]; default = 500; -b Number of database sequence to show alignments for (B) [Integer]; default = 250; -f Threshold for extending hits, default if zero; blastp 11, blastn 0, blastx 12, tblastn 13; tblastx 13, megablast 0 [Integer]; default = 0; -g Perfom gapped alignment (not available with tblastx) [T/F]; default = T; -Q Query Genetic code to use [Integer]; default = 1 ; -D DB Genetic code (for tblast[nx] only) [Integer]; default = 1 ; -a Number of processors to use [Integer]; default = 1 ; -O SeqAlign file [File Out] Optional; -J Believe the query defline [T/F]; default = F; -M Matrix [String]; default = BLOSUM62; -W Word size, default if zero (blastn 11, megablast 28, all others 3) [Integer]; default = 0; -z Effective length of the database (use zero for the real size) [Real]; default = 0; -K Number of best hits from a region to keep (off by default, if used a value of 100 is recommended) [Integer]; default = 0; -P 0 for multiple hit, 1 for single hit [Integer]; default = 0; -Y Effective length of the search space (use zero for the real size) [Real]; default = 0; -S Query strands to search against database (for blast[nx], and tblastx); 3 is both, 1 is top, 2 is bottom [Integer]; default = 3; -T Produce HTML output [T/F]; default = F; -I Restrict search of database to list of Gl's [String] Optional; -U Use lower case filtering of

FASTA sequence [T/F] Optional; default = F; -y X dropoff value for ungapped exten¬ sions in bits (0.0 invokes default behavior); blastn 20, megablast 10, all others 7 [Real]; default = 0.0; -Z X dropoff value for final gapped alignment in bits (0.0 invokes default behavior); blastn/megablast 50, tblastx 0, all others 25 [Integer]; default = 0; -R PSI- TBLASTN checkpoint file [File In] Optional; -n MegaBlast search [T/F]; default = F; -L Location on query sequence [String] Optional; -A Multiple Hits window size, default if zero (blastn/megablast 0, all others 40 [Integer]; default = 0; -w Frame shift penalty (OOF algorithm for blastx) [Integer]; default = 0; -t Length of the largest intron allowed in tblastn for linking HSPs (0 disables linking) [Integer]; default = 0.

Results of high quality are reached by using the algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch or Smith and Waterman. Therefore programs based on said algorithms are preferred. Advantageously the comparisons of sequences can be done with the program PiIeUp (J. MoI. Evolution., 25, 351-360, 1987, Higgins et al., CABIOS1 5 1989: 151-153) or preferably with the programs Gap and BestFit, which are respectively based on the algorithms of Needleman and Wunsch [J. MoI. Biol. 48; 443-453 (1970)] and Smith and Waterman [Adv. Appl. Math. 2; 482-489 (1981)]. Both programs are part of the GCG software-package [Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Drive, Madison, Wisconsin, USA 53711 (1991); Altschul et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389 et SEQ]. There¬ fore preferably the calculations to determine the perentages of sequence homology are done with the program Gap over the whole range of the sequences. The following standard adjustments for the comparison of nucleic acid sequences can be used: gap weight: 50, length weight: 3, average match: 10.000, average mismatch: 0.000.

Nucleic acid molecules advantageous to the method of the invention may be isolated on the basis of their homology to the nucleic acids disclosed herein and used in the method of the invention by using the sequences or a part thereof as hybridization probe according to standard hybridization techniques under stringent hybridization conditions, as described also, for example, in US 2002/0023281 , which is hereby expressly incor¬ porated by reference. It is possible here to use, for example, isolated nucleic acid molecules which are at least 10, preferably at least 15, nucleotides in length and hy- bridize under stringent conditions with the nucleic acid molecules which comprise a nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92,94, 98, 100, 102 or 104 or 108, 110, 112, 114, 116, 118 or 120 or 106, 124 or 128 or 132, 134 or 136. The term "hybridizes under prefera- bly stringent conditions", as used herein, is intended to describe hybridization and washing conditions under which nucleotide sequences, which are at least 20% identical to one another hybridize with one another. The term "hybridizes under stringed condi¬ tions", as used herein, is intended to describe hybridization and washing conditions under which nucleotide sequences which are 30%, but preferably 50% or more, identi- cal to one another hybridize with one another. Preferably, the conditions are such that sequences which are 60%, more preferably 75% and even more preferably at least approximately 85% or more, identical to one another usually remain hybridized to one another. The identity of two polynucleic acids or amino acids may be determined as described herein. These stringent conditions are known to the skilled worker and can be found in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, N. Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6., or in Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989. A preferred, nonlimiting example of stringent hybridization conditions is hybridi¬ zations in 6 * sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45°C, followed by one or more washing steps in 0.2 x SSC, 0.1% SDS at from 50 to 65°C. It is known to the skilled worker that these hybridization conditions differ depending on the type of nucleic acids, in particular according to the AT or GC content, or on the presence of organic solvents, with respect to temperature, duration of washing and salt concentration of the hybridization solutions and the washing solution. Under "standard hybridization condi- tions", for example, the temperature differs between 42°C and 580C in aqueous buffer with a concentration of from 0.1 to 5 * SSC (pH 7.2), depending on the type of nucleic acid. If an organic solvent is present in the abovementioned buffer, for example 50% T/EP2005/007935

42 formamide, the temperature under standard conditions is about 42°C. The hybridization conditions for DNA: DNA hybrids, for example, are 0.1 * SSC and 2O0C to 45°C, pref¬ erably between 3O0C and 45°C. The hybridization conditions for DNA:RNA hybrids, for example, are preferably 0.1 * SSC and from 3O0C to 550C1 preferably between 450C and 550C. The hybridization temperatures mentioned above are determined, for exam¬ ple, for a nucleic acid of about 100 bp (= base pairs) in length and with a G + C content of 50% in the absence of formamide. The skilled worker knows how to determine the required hybridization conditions on the basis of textbooks such as the one mentioned above or the following textbooks: Sambrook, "Molecular Cloning", Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1989; Hames and Higgins (eds.) 1985, "Nucleic Acids Hybridization: A Practical Approach", IRL Press at Oxford University Press, Oxford; Brown (eds.) 1991, "Essential Molecular Biology: A Practical Approach", IRL Press at Oxford University Press, Oxford or "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", John Wiley & Sons, N. Y. (1989).

Some examples of conditions for DNA hybridization (Southern blot assays) and wash step are shown hereinbelow:

(1) Hybridization conditions can be selected, for example, from the following condi- tions: a) 4X SSC at 65°C, b) 6X SSC at 450C, c) 6X SSC, 100 mg/ml denatured fragmented fish sperm DNA at 68°C, d) 6X SSC, 0.5% SDS1 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 68°C, e) 6X SSC1 0.5% SDS, 100 mg/ml denatured fragmented salmon sperm

DNA, 50% formamide at 420C, f) 50% formamide, 4X SSC at 420C, g) 50% (vol/vol) formamide, 0.1% bovine serum albumin, 0.1% Ficoll, 0.1% polyvinylpyrrolidone, 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer pH 6.5, 750 mM NaCI, 75 mM sodium citrate at 420C1 h) 2X or 4X SSC at 5O0C (low-stringency condition), or i) 30 to 40% formamide, 2X or 4X SSC at 42°C (low-stringency condition).

(2) Wash steps can be selected, for example, from the following conditions: a) 0.015 M NaCI/0.0015 M sodium citrate/0.1% SDS at 50°C. b) 0.1X SSC at 65°C. c) 0.1X SSC, 0.5 % SDS at 680C. d) 0.1X SSC1 0.5% SDS, 50% formamide at 42°C. e) 0.2X SSC, 0.1 % SDS at 420C. f) 2X SSC at 65°C (low-stringency condition). Furthermore, it is possible to identify, by comparing protein sequences homologous to SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 or proteins from various organisms, conserved regions from which then in turn degenerated primers can be derived. These degener¬ ated primers may then be used further by means of PCR for amplification of fragments of new homologous genes from other organisms. These fragments may then be used as hybridization probes for isolating the complete gene sequence. Alternatively, the missing 5' and 3' sequences may be isolated by means of RACE-PCR. In this respect, reference is expressly made to the disclosures in US 2002/0023281 and to the above- mentioned literature on molecular-biological methods, in particular Sambrook, "Molecu- lar Cloning" and "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", John Wiley & Sons.

An isolated nucleic acid molecule coding for a protein used in the method of the inven¬ tion, which protein is homologous in particular to a protein sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, 6, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71, 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85, 87, 89, 91, 93, 95, 99, 101 , 103 or 105 or 109, 111, 113, 115, 117, 119,121 ,133 or 135 or 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 may be generated, for example, by introducing one or more nucleotide substitu¬ tions, additions or deletions into a nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92,94, 98, 100, 102 or 104 or 108, 110, 112, 114, 116, 118 or 120, or 106, 124 or 128 or 132, 134 or 136 so that one or more amino acid substitutions, additions or deletions are introduced into the encoded protein. Mutations may be introduced in any of the sequences of the nucleic acid molecules used in the method of the invention by means of standard techniques such as site-specific mutagenesis and PCR-mediated mutagenesis. Preference is given to generating conservative amino acid substitutions on one or more of the pre¬ dicted nonessential amino acid residues. In a "conservative amino acid substitution" the amino acid residue is replaced by an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues with similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families comprise amino acids with basic side chains (e.g. lysine, arginine, his- tidine), acidic side chains (e.g. aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g. glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), non- polar side chains (e.g. alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, me¬ thionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g. threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g. tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). A predicted nonessential amino acid residue is thus preferably replaced by another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Preference is given to carrying out "conserva¬ tive" substitutions in which the replaced amino acid has a property similar to that of the original amino acid, for example a substitution of Asp for GIu, Asn for GIn, He for VaI1 lie for Leu, Thr for Ser. In another embodiment, the mutations may alternatively be introduced randomly across all or part of the coding sequence, for example by saturation mutagenesis, and the re¬ sulting mutants may be screened for the activity described herein in order to identify mutants which lead, for example, to plants with an increased growth rate, preferably faster growth and/or higher yield. After mutagenesis, the encoded protein may be re- combinantly expressed, and the activity of said protein may be determined using the assays described herein, for example.

The nucleic acid molecules used in the method of the invention code for proteins or parts thereof. Said proteins or the individual protein or parts thereof preferably com¬ prises one of the consensus sequences or core consensus sequences shown above, e.g. an amino acid sequence as shown in Figure 1 or 2, whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, preferably 9, 8, 7, or 6, more preferred 5 or 4, even more preferred 3, even more preferred 2, even more preferred 1 , most preferred 0 of the amino acids positions indicated by a capital letter in Figure 1 or 2 can be replaced by an x and/or not more than 5, preferably 4, even more preferred 3 or 2, most preferred one or non amino acid position indicated by a capital letter in Figure 1 or 2 are/is replaced by an x and/or 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, preferably 9, 8, 7, or 6, more preferred 5 or 4, even more pre¬ ferred 3, even more preferred 2, even more preferred 1 , most preferred 0 amino acids are inserted into or absent from the consensus sequence or, which is sufficiently ho¬ mologous to an amino acid sequence of the sequence SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71, 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85, 87, 89, 91 , 93, 95, 99, 101 , 103 or 105 or 107, 109, 111 , 113, 115, 117, 119, 121,133 or 135 or 137, so that said protein or said part thereof retains SEQ ID NO: 2 or107 activity.

Preferably, the nucleic acid molecule-encoded protein or part thereof has its essential biological activity which causes, inter alia, the target organism, preferably the target plant, to exhibit a higher growth rate or faster growth and thus higher biomass produc- tion and an increased yield. Conserved regions of a protein may be determined by se¬ quence comparisons of various homologs or derivatives of a protein or of various members of a protein family. Moreover, computer programs which predict the structure of a protein, owing to its sequence and other properties, are known to the skilled worker. Antibody binding studies and studies on the sensitivity or hypersensitivity of protein domains with regard to protease digestion may likewise be used to study the structure of a polypeptide or its location in a particular environment, for example in a cell. Further methods of this kind for characterizing of proteins are known to the skilled worker and are disclosed in the literature described herein, for example also in US 2002/0023281. Preferably, the used part of a protein or a domain is highly conserved among the se¬ quences described herein, for example among the plant sequences, or animal se¬ quences, preferably among all sequences.

Advantageously, the protein encoded by the nucleic acid molecules is at least 20%, preferably 40% and more preferably 50%, 60%, 70%, 80% or 90% and most preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more, homologous to an amino acid sequence of the sequence SEQ ID NO: 4, 6, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71, 73, 75, 77, 79, 81 , 83, 85, 87, 89, 91, 93, 95, 99, 101 , 103 or 105 or 109, 111 , 113, 115, 117, 119, 121 , 133 or 135. Said protein is preferably a full-length protein which is essentially in parts homolo¬ gous to a total amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, 6, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 65, 67, 69, 71 , 73, 75, 77, 79, 81 , 83, 85, 87, 89, 91 , 93, 95, 99, 101 , 103 or 105 or 109, 111 , 113, 115, 117, 119, 121 , 133 or 135 and which is preferably derived from the open reading frame depicted in SEQ ID NO: 4, 6, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71, 73, 75, 77, 79, 81 , 83, 85, 87, 89, 91 , 93, 95, 99, 101 , 103 or 105 or 109, 111, 113, 115, 117, 119, 121, 133 or 135. However, preferably, the core consensus sequences or the con- sensus sequences as described above, e.g. as shown in Figure 1 and 2 are maintained

"Essential biological activity" of the proteins or polypeptides used means, as discussed above, that said proteins or polypeptides possess the biological activity of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137. The "biological activity of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137" means that expression of the polypeptide in a nonhuman organism results in acceler¬ ated growth or in an increase of the yield by 5% or more, compared to a nonhuman organism which does not express said polypeptide, or expresses it to a lesser extent. More preference is given to an acceleration by 10%, even more preference to 20%, most preference to 50%, 100% or 200% or more. A test system for determining the biological activity of a sequence homologous to SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137, which may be studied, is the phenotype of expression in Arabidopsis thaliana or, where appropriate, also (over)expression in the organism from which the homologous nucleic acid is derived.

The cellular activity or function of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 and its ho- mologs is, as described above, not yet known and, consequently, an in-vitro assay sys¬ tem is likewise not available yet. Presumably, however, it is possible for the skilled worker to measure a specific SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity of a protein or polypeptide by (over)expressing said protein or polypeptide in a cell, preferably in a deficient cell, and comparing it with the phenotype of a deficient cell. Proteins which may be used advantageously in the method are derived from plant or¬ ganisms such as algae or mosses or, especially, from higher plants.

Consequently, one embodiment of the method of the invention comprises introducing a polynucleotide into a nonhuman organism, in particular a plant, a useful animal or a microorganism, or one or more parts thereof, which polynucleotide codes for a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide. The polynucleotide preferably comprises a polynucleotide characterized herein, in particular a polynucleotide encoding a protein with the sequence according to SEQ ID NO: 4, 6, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71, 73, 75, 77, 79, 81 , 83, 85, 87, 89, 91 , 93, 95, 99, 101 , 103 or 105 or 109, 111 , 113, 115, 117, 119, 121, 133 or 135 or 2, 106, 124, 128 or 137 or encoding a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule characterized herein, in particular according to SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92,94, 98, 100, 102 or 104 or 108, 110, 112, 114, 116, 118 or 120 or 106, 124 or 128 or 132, 134 or 136 or comprising any of these sequences so that a transgenic plant with faster growth, higher yield and/or higher tolerance to stress is obtained. Pref¬ erence is given to a plant expressing any of the plant sequences mentioned herein or their plant homologs, to animals expressing the animal sequences mentioned herein or their animal homologs and to microorganisms expressing the microbial sequences mentioned herein or their microbial homologs. As mentioned, however, yeast SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 nucleic acid also exhibits SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity in plants.

In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a polypeptide encoded by the nu¬ cleic acid molecule according to the present invention, preferably conferring above- mentioned activity.

The present invention also relates to a method for the production of a polypeptide ac¬ cording to the present invention, the polypeptide being expressed in a host cell accord¬ ing to the invention, preferably in a transgenic microorganism or a transgenic plant cell.

In one embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule used in the method for the production of the polypeptide is derived from a microorganism, with an eukaryotic organism as host cell. In one embodiment the polypeptide is produced in a plant cell or plant with a nu¬ cleic acid molecule derived from a prokaryote or a fungus or an alga or another micro- organismus but not from plant.

The skilled worker knows that protein and DNA expressed in different organisms differ in many respects and properties, e.g. methylation, degradation and post-translational modification as for example glucosylation, phosphorylation, acetylation, myristoylation, ADP-ribosylation, famesylation, carboxyiation, sulfation, ubiquination, etc. though hav¬ ing the same coding sequence. Preferably, the cellular expression control of the corre¬ sponding protein differs accordingly in the control mechanisms controlling the activity and expression of an endogenous protein or another eukaryotic protein.

The polypeptide of the present invention is preferably produced by recombinant DNA techniques. For example, a nucleic acid molecule encoding the protein is cloned into an vector (as described above), the vector is introduced into a host cell (as described above) and said polypeptide is expressed in the host cell. Said polypeptide can then be isolated from the cells by an appropriate purification scheme using standard protein purification techniques. Alternative to recombinant expression, the polypeptide or pep¬ tide of the present invention can be synthesized chemically using standard peptide synthesis techniques. Moreover, native polypeptide can be isolated from cells (e.g., endothelial cells), for example using the antibody of the present invention as described, which can be produced by standard techniques utilizing the polypeptide of the present invention or fragment thereof, i.e., the polypeptide of this invention.

In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a polypeptide comprising or con¬ sisting of a polypeptide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2 or a homolog thereof of 50%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 99% or 99,5% or more but not being, prefera¬ bly not consisting of the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2.

In one embodiment, the protein of the present invention does not comprise the se¬ quence shown in Seq ID NO: 2.

In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a vacuolar morphogenesis protein VAM7. In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a polypeptide comprising or consisting of a polypeptide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 107 or a homolog thereof of 50%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 99% or 99,5% or more but not being, pref- erably not consisting of the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 107.

In one embodiment, the protein of the present invention does not comprise the se¬ quence shown in Seq ID NO: 107.

In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a polypeptide comprising or con¬ sisting of a polypeptide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 125 or a homolog thereof of 50%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 99% or 99,5% or more but not being, prefera¬ bly not consisting of the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 125.

In one embodiment, the protein of the present invention does not comprise the se¬ quence shown in Seq ID NO: 125. In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a polypeptide comprising or con¬ sisting of a polypeptide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 129 or a homolog thereof of 50%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 99% or 99,5% or more but not being, prefera¬ bly not consisting of the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 129.

In one embodiment, the protein of the present invention does not comprise the se¬ quence shown in Seq ID NO: 129.

In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a polypeptide comprising or con- sisting of a polypeptide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 137 or a homolog thereof of 50%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 99% or 99,5% or more but not being, prefera¬ bly not consisting of the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 137.

In one embodiment, the protein of the present invention does not comprise the se- quence shown in Seq ID NO: 137.

In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule of the invention or obtainable by a method of the invention. Said polypeptide confers preferably the aforementioned activ- ity, in particular, the polypeptide confers the increase of the yield or growth as de¬ scribed herein in a cell or an organism or a part thereof after increasing the cellular activity, e.g. by increasing the expression or the specific activity of the polypeptide. In one embodiment, said polypeptide distinguishes over the sequence depicted in SEQ ID No: 2, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71 , 73, 75, 77, 79, 81 , 83, 85, 87, 89, 91, 93, 95, 107,109, 111, 113, 115, 117, 119, 121, 125 or129 by one or more amino acids. In another embodiment, said polypeptide of the invention does not consist of the se¬ quence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41 , 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71 , 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85, 87, 89, 91, 93, 95, 107,109, 111 , 113, 115, 117, 119, 121, 125 or 129. In one embodiment, said polypeptide does not consist of the sequence encoded by the nucleic acid molecules shown in SEQ ID NO: 1 , 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, or 108, 110, 112, 114, 116, 118 or 120 or 106, 124 or 128. In one embodiment, the polypeptide of the invention orginates from a non-plant cell, in particular from a microorganism, and was expressed in a plant cell. The terms "protein" and "polypeptide" used in this application are interchangeable. "Polypeptide" refers to a polymer of amino acids (amino acid sequence) and does not refer to a specific length of the molecule. Thus peptides and oligopeptides are included within the definition of polypeptide. This term does also refer to or include post- translational modifications of the polypeptide, for example, glycosylates, acetylations, phosphorylations and the like. Included within the definition are, for example, poly- peptides containing one or more analogs of an amino acid (including, for example, un¬ natural amino acids, etc.), polypeptides with substituted linkages, as well as other modifications known in the art, both naturally occurring and non-naturally occurring.

Preferably, the polypeptide is isolated. An "isolated" or "purified" protein or polynuclei- otide or biologically active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material when produced by recombinant DNA techniques or chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.

The language "substantially free of cellular material" includes preparations of the poly¬ peptide of the invention in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells in which it is naturally or recombinantly produced. In one embodiment, the language "substantially free of cellular material" includes preparations having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of "contaminating protein", more preferably less than about 20% of "contaminating protein", still more preferably less than about 10% of "contami¬ nating protein", and most preferably less than about 5% "contaminating protein". The term "Contaminating protein" relates to polypeptides, which are not polypeptides of the present invention. When the polypeptide of the present invention or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of cul- ture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the pro¬ tein preparation. The language "substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals" includes preparations in which the polypeptide or of the present invention is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals which are involved in the syn- thesis of the protein.

A polypeptide of the invention can participate in the method of the present invention.

Further, the polypeptide can have an amino acid sequence which is encoded by a nu- cleotide sequence which hybridizes, preferably hybridizes under stringent conditions as described above, to a nucleotide sequence of the polynucleotide of the present inven¬ tion. Accordingly, the polypeptide has an amino acid sequence which is encoded by a nucleotide sequence that is at least about 35%, 50%, or 60% preferably at least about 70%, more preferably at least about 80%, 90%, 95%, and even more preferably at least about 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more homologous to one of the amino acid se¬ quences of the polypeptide of the invention and shown herein. The preferred polypep¬ tide of the present invention preferably possesses at least one of the activities accord¬ ing to the invention and described herein. A preferred polypeptide of the present inven¬ tion includes an amino acid sequence encoded by a nucleotide sequence which hybrid- izes, preferably hybridizes under stringent conditions, as defined above.

The invention also provides chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, a "chimeric protein" or "fusion protein" comprises an polypeptide operatively linked to a polypeptide which does not confer above-mentioned activity.

Within the fusion protein, the term "operatively linked" is intended to indicate that the polypeptide of the invention and a non-invention polypeptide are fused to each other so that both sequences fulfil the proposed function addicted to the sequence used. The non-invention polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the polypep¬ tide of the invention. For example, in one embodiment the fusion protein is a GST- LMRP fusion protein in which the sequences of the polypeptide of the invention are fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant polypeptides of the invention.

In another embodiment, the fusion protein is a polypeptide of the invention containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus. In certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion can be increased through use of a heterolo¬ gous signal sequence. Targeting sequences, are required for targeting the gene prod¬ uct into specific cell compartment (for a review, see Kermode, Crit. Rev. Plant Sci. 15, 4 (1996) 285-423 and references cited therein), for example into the vacuole, the nu- cleus, all types of plastids, such as amyloplasts, chloroplasts, chromoplasts, the ex¬ tracellular space, the mitochondria, the endoplasmic reticulum, elaioplasts, perox¬ isomes, glycosomes, and other compartments of cells or extracellular. Sequences, which must be mentioned in this context are, in particular, the signal-peptide- or transit- peptide-encoding sequences which are known per se. For example, plastid-transit- peptide-encoding sequences enable the targeting of the expression product into the plastids of a plant cellTargeting sequences are also known for eukaryotic and to a lower extent for prokaryotic organisms and can advantageously be operable linked with the nucleic acid molecule of the present invention to achieve an expression in one of said compartments or extracellular.

Preferably, a chimeric or fusion protein of the invention is produced by standard re¬ combinant DNA techniques. For example, DNA fragments coding for the different poly¬ peptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional tech¬ niques, for example by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation. The fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers. Alternatively, PCR amplification of gene frag¬ ments can be carried out using anchor primers, which give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments which can subsequently be an¬ nealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, for example, Cur¬ rent Protocols in Molecular Biology, eds. Ausubel et al. John Wiley & Sons: 1992). Moreover, many expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide). The polynucleotide of the invention can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the encoded protein.

Furthermore, folding simulations and computer redesign of structural motifs of the pro¬ tein of the invention can be performed using appropriate computer programs (Olszewski, Proteins 25 (1996), 286-299; Hoffman, Comput. Appl. Biosci. 11 (1995),675-679). Computer modeling of protein folding can be used for the confor- mational and energetic analysis of detailed peptide and protein models (Monge, J. MoI. Biol. 247 (1995), 995-1012; Renouf, Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 376 (1995), 37-45). The ap¬ propriate programs can be used for the identification of interactive sites the polypeptide of the invention and its substrates or binding factors or other interacting proteins by computer assistant searches for complementary peptide sequences (Fassina, Immu- nomethods (1994), 114-120). Further appropriate computer systems for the design of protein and peptides are described in the prior art, for example in Berry, Biochem. Soc. Trans. 22 (1994), 1033-1036; Wodak, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 501 (1987), 1-13; Pabo, Biochemistry 25 (1986), 5987-5991. The results obtained from the above-described computer analysis can be used for, e.g., the preparation of peptidomimetics of the pro- tein of the invention or fragments thereof. Such pseudopeptide analogues of the, natu¬ ral amino acid sequence of the protein may very efficiently mimic the parent protein (Benkirane, J. Biol. Chem. 271 (1996), 33218-33224). For example, incorporation of easily available achiral Q-amino acid residues into a protein of the invention or a frag¬ ment thereof results in the substitution of amide bonds by polymethylene units of an aliphatic chain, thereby providing a convenient strategy for constructing a peptidomi- metic (Banerjee, Biopolymers 39 (1996), 769-777).

Superactive peptidomimetic analogues of small peptide hormones in other systems are described in the prior art (Zhang, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 224(1996), 327- 331 ). Appropriate peptidomimetics of the protein of the present invention can also be identified by the synthesis of peptidomimetic combinatorial libraries through successive amide alkylation and testing the resulting compounds, e.g., for their binding and immu¬ nological properties. Methods for the generation and use of peptidomimetic combinato¬ rial libraries are described in the prior art, for example in Ostresh, Methods in Enzymol- ogy 267 (1996), 220-234 and Dorner, Bioorg. Med. Chem. 4 (1996), 709-715.

Furthermore, a three-dimensional and/or crystallographic structure of the protein of the invention can be used for the design of peptidomimetic inhibitors of the biological activity of the protein of the invention (Rose, Biochemistry 35 (1996), 12933-12944; Rutenber, Bioorg. Med. Chem. 4 (1996), 1545-1558). Furthermore, a three-dimensional and/or crystallographic structure of the protein of the invention and the identification of interactive sites the polypeptide of the invention and its substrates or binding factors can be used for design of mutants with modulated binding or turn over activities. For example, the active center of the polypeptide of the present invention can be modelled and amino acid residues participating in the catalytic reaction can be modulated to increase or decrease the binding of the substrate to inac¬ tivate the polypeptide. The identification of the active center and the amino acids in¬ volved in the catalytic reaction facilitates the screening for mutants having an increased activity. In particular, the information about the conservative amino acids in the con- sensus sequences can help to modulate the activity.

Where appropriate, however, expression of a polynucleotide of a distant non human organism, which encodes a vacuolar morphogenesis protein VAM7 may, according to the knowledge of the skilled worker, result in a particularly strong effect of the inven- tion, i.e. in a particularly large increase in growth and/or yield, since the encoded poly¬ peptide is possibly not accessible to endogenous regulatory influences.

"Transgenic" or "recombinant" means in accordance with the invention, for example with regard to a nucleic acid sequence, to an expression cassette (= gene construct) or to a vector comprising the nucleic acid sequence of the invention or to a nonhuman organism transformed with the nucleic acid molecule sequences, expression cassette or vector of the invention, all those constructions produced by genetic methods, in which

a) the nucleic acid sequence used in the method of the invention or

b) a genetic control or regulatory sequence functionally linked to a nucleic acid se¬ quence used in the method of the invention, for example a promotor, or

c) (a) and (b)

are not present in their natural, genetic environment or have been modified by genetic methods, said modification possibly being, by way of example, a substitution, addition, deletion, inversion or insertion of one or more nucleotide residues. Natural genetic en- vironment means the natural genomic or chromosomal locus in the source organism or the presence in a genomic library. In the case of a genomic library, the natural, genetic environment of the nucleic acid sequence is preferably at least partially still retained. The environment flanks the nucleic acid sequence at least on one side and its se¬ quence is from 0 or more bp, preferably 50 bp, more preferably from 100 to 500 bp, particularly preferably 1 000 bp or more, in length, although sequences of 5 000 bp or more have also been described. A naturally occurring expression cassette, for example the naturally occurring combination of the natural promoter of the vacuolar morpho- genesis protein VAM7 nucleic acid sequence, becomes a transgenic expression cas¬ sette when altered by nonnatural, synthetic ("artificial") methods such as, for example, mutagenesis. Corresponding methods are described, for example, in US 5,565,350 or WO 00/15815.

The regulatory functions of a natural as well as artificial expression cassette may be altered indirectly or in trans by changing factors which regulate said expression cas¬ sette. This includes, in particular, homologous, heterologous and artificial transcription factors influencing regulation.

Cloning vectors as described in detail in the prior art and also herein may be used for transformation. Vectors and methods suitable for transformation of plants have been published or cited in, for example: Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology (CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida), chapter 6/7, pp. 71-119 (1993); F.F. White, Vectors for Gene Transfer in Higher Plants; in: Transgenic Plants, vol. 1 , Engineering and Utiliza¬ tion, eds: Kung and R. Wu, Academic Press, 1993, 15-38; B. Jenes et al., Techniques for Gene Transfer, in: Transgenic Plants, vol. 1 , Engineering and Utilization, eds: Kung and R. Wu, Academic Press (1993), 128-143; Potrykus, Annu. Rev. Plant Physiol. Plant Molec. Biol. 42 (1991), 205-225.

The transformation of microorganisms and higher eukaryotes is described in numerous textbooks, for example in Sambrook, Molecular Cloning, 1989, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory and in "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", John Wiley & Sons, N. Y. (1989).

It is possible to express homologous or heterologous nucleic acids, i.e. the acceptor and donor organisms belong to the same species, where appropriate to the same vari¬ ety, or to different species, where appropriate varieties. However, transgenic also means that the nucleic acids of the invention are located at their natural location in the genome of an organism but that the sequence has been altered compared to the natu¬ ral sequence and/or the regulatory sequences of the natural sequences have been altered. Transgenic preferably means expression of the nucleic acids of the invention at a nonnatural site in the genome, i.e. homologous or, preferably, heterologous expres¬ sion of said nucleic acids occurs.

The term "regulatory sequences" also includes those sequences which control constitu¬ tive expression of a nucleotide sequence in many host cell species and those which control direct expression of the nucleotide sequence only in particular host cells under particular conditions. The skilled worker appreciates that the design of the expression vector may depend on factors such as selection of the host cell to be transformed, de¬ gree of expression of the desired protein, etc. Transcription may be increased, for ex¬ ample, by using strong transcription signals such as promoter and/or enhancer or mRNA stabilizers, for example by particular 5' and/or 3'UTRs. Thus, for example, sig¬ nals leading to a higher rate of transcription or to a more stable mRNA may be substi¬ tuted for endogenous signals. In addition, however, it is also possible to enhance trans¬ lation by improving, for example, ribosome binding or mRNA stability. In principle, those promoters may be used which are able to stimulate transcription of genes in organisms such as microorganisms, plants or animals. Suitable promoters which are functional in said organisms are well known. They may be constitutive or inducible promoters. Suitable promoters may enable development- and/or tissue- specific expression in multicellular eukaryotes, and it is thus possible to use advanta- geously leaf-, root-, flower-, seed-, guard cell- or fruit-specific promoters in plants. Fur¬ ther regulatory sequences are described above and below.

The term "transgenic", used according to the invention, also refers to the progeny of a transgenic nonhuman organism, for example a plant, for example the Ti, T2, T3 and subsequent plant generations or the BC1, BC2, BC3 and subsequent plant generations. Thus, the transgenic plants of the invention may be grown and crossed with them¬ selves or with other individuals in order to obtain further transgenic plants of the inven¬ tion. It is also possible to obtain transgenic plants by vegetative propagation of trans¬ genic plant cells.

In a preferred embodiment, faster growth and/or a higher yield are achieved by increas¬ ing endogenous vacuolar morphogenesis protein VAM7 expression.

Thus it is possible to increase the amount of vacuolar morphogenesis protein VAM7 in the method of the invention by functionally linking an endogenous, vacuolar morpho¬ genesis protein VAM7 encoding polynucleotide to regulatory sequences which lead to an increased amount of said vacuolar morphogenesis protein VAM7 polypeptide.

The amount of expression of a gene is regulated at the transcriptional or translational level or with respect to the stability and degradation of a gene product.

Regulatory sequences are usually arranged upstream (5'), within and/or downstream (3') with respect to a particular nucleic acid or a particular codogenic gene section. They control in particular transcription and/or translation and also transcript stability of the codogenic gene section, where appropriate in cooperation with further functional systems intrinsic to the cell, such as the protein biosynthesis apparatus of the cell. Thus it is possible to influence promoter, UTR, splice sites, polyadenylation signals, terminators, enhancers, processing signals, posttranscriptional and/or posttranslational modifications, etc. according to the knowledge of the skilled worker in order to increase expression of an endogenous protein without influencing the sequence of said protein itself. Consequently, the amount of vacuolar morphogenesis protein VAM7 may also be increased according to the invention when manipulating the vacuolar morphogene- sis protein VAM7 regions flanking the coding sequence. Thus, for example, an exoge¬ nous promoter mediating higher or more specific expression may replace the endoge¬ nous vacuolar morphogenesis protein VAM7 promoter and thus result in higher ex¬ pression of the protein. It is also possible, for example, to increase the stability of the mRNA product by replacing the endogenous 5' UTR or 3" UTR, without influencing the endogenous sequence of the protein. Other methods of this kind for increasing expres¬ sion of a protein in an organism are known to the skilled worker. Thus it is also possi¬ ble, for example, to increase the stability of vacuolar morphogenesis protein VAM7 by deleting degradation-controlling elements in the protein, thereby increasing the amount and consequently the activity in the cell. Further functional or regulatory sequences which are replaced with those making possible a larger amount or, where appropriate, higher activity are described herein.

Furthermore, transcriptional regulation may be specifically altered by introducing an artificial transcription factor, as described below and in the examples.

Regulatory sequences are disclosed, for example, in Goeddel: Gene Expression Tech¬ nology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1990), or in Gruber; Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnolgy, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida, eds.: Glick and Thompson, chapter 7, 89-108, including the references therein.

It is also possible to identify positive and negative regulators which have an inhibiting or activating influence on expression or activity (allosteric effects) of vacuolar morpho- genesis protein VAM7 and which are then switched off or enhanced. Such mechanisms are sufficiently known to the skilled worker in a multiplicity of metabolic pathways.

In one embodiment of the method of the invention, expression of the vacuolar morpho¬ genesis protein VAM7 protein is increased by an increase in the amount of a transcrip- tion factor increasing transcription in the nonhuman organism or in one or more parts thereof.

Generally it is possible, for example by means of promoter analyses, to identify en¬ dogenous transcription factors involved in transcriptional regulation of an endogenous SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 gene. Increased activity of positive regulators or else reduced activity of negative regulators may increase transcription of an endoge¬ nous SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 gene.

Furthermore, methods for altering expression of genes by means of artificial transcrip- tion factors are known to the skilled worker. Thus, for example, an alteration in expressing a gene, in particular a gene expressing SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137, may be achieved by modifying or synthesizing particular specific DNA-binding factors such as, for example, zinc-finger transcription factors. These factors bind to particular genomic regions of an endogenous target gene, preferably to the regulatory sequences, and may cause activation or repression of said gene. The use of such a method make it possible to activate or reduce expres¬ sion of the endogenous gene, avoiding a recombinant manipulation of the sequence of said gene. Corresponding methods are described, for example, in Dreier B [(2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276(31): 29466-78 and (2000) J. MoI. Biol. 303(4): 489-502], Beerli RR (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95(25): 14628-14633; (2000) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97(4): 1495-1500 and (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275(42): 32617-32627), Segal DJ and Barbas CF (2000) Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 4(1): 34-39, Kang JS and Kim JS (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275(12): 8742-8748, Kim JS, (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94(8): 3616-3620, Klug A (1999) J. MoI. Biol. 293(2): 215-218, Tsai SY, (1998) Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 30(1-3): 23-31], Mapp AK (2000) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97(8): 3930- 3935, Sharrocks AD (1997) Int. J. Biochem. Cell Biol. 29(12): 1371-1387 and Zhang L (2000) J. Biol. Chem. 275(43): 33850-33860.

Examples of applying the method for modification of gene expression in plants are de- scribed, for example, in WO 01/52620, Ordiz Ml, (2002) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 99(20): 13290-13295) or Guan (2002) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 99(20): 13296- 13301) and in the examples mentioned below.

In one embodiment, the method of the invention comprises increasing the gene copy number of the polynucleotide used in the method of the invention and characterized herein in the plant.

Advantageously, the method described herein increases the number and size of leaves, the number of fruits and/or the size of fruits of a plant whose SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity is increased, fruit meaning any harvested products of a plant, such as, for example, seeds, tubers, leaves, flowers, bark, fruits and roots.

The plant prepared in the method of the invention preferably has a fresh weight which is increased by 5%, more preferably by 10%, even more preferably by more than 15%, 20% or 30%. Even more preference is given to an increase in yield by 50% or more, for example by 75%, 100% or 200% or more.

The yield of the plant prepared in the method of the invention is preferably increased by at least 5%, more preferably by more than 10%, even more preferably by more than 15%, 20% or 30%. Even more preference is given to an increase in yield by more than 50% or more, for example by 75%, 100% or 200% or more. In a further embodiment, the plant prepared in the method of the invention is more tol¬ erant to abiotic or biotic stress.

In a preferred embodiment, the invention also relates to a method for preparing fine chemicals. The method comprises providing a cell, a tissue or an organism having in¬ creased SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity and culturing said cell, said tissue or said organism under conditions which allow production of the desired fine chemicals in said cell, said tissue or said organism. Preference is given to providing in the method a plant of the invention, a microorganism of the invention or a useful animal of the in- vention.

As described above, increasing the activity of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 in a nonhuman organism, in particular in plants, results in an increase in the yield and in faster growth. By now, however, many organisms are used for producing fine chemi- cals. The production of fine chemicals nowadays is unimaginable without microorgan¬ isms which produce inexpensive and specific, even complex molecules whose chemi¬ cal synthesis comprises many process stages and purification steps. Thus, fine chemi¬ cals such as vitamins and amino acids are industrially produced on a large scale in the same way as complex pharmaceutical active compounds such as, for example, growth factors, antibodies, etc., and the term fine chemicals is intended to also include these active compounds hereinbelow. Plants are likewise already used for producing various fine chemicals such as, for example, polymers, e.g. polyhydroxyalkanoids, vitamins, amino acids, sugars, fatty acids, in particular polyunsaturated fatty acids, etc. Even useful animals are already used for producing fine chemicals. Thus, production of anti- bodies and other pharmaceutical active compounds in the milk of goats or cows has already been described.

In a particularly preferred embodiment, the method of the invention consequently re¬ lates to a method in which the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity in a non- human organism, preferably a plant or a microorganism, is increased and one or more metabolic pathways are modulated in such a way that the yield and/or efficiency of production of one or more fine chemicals is increased.

The terms production or productivity are known to the skilled worker and comprise in- creasing the concentration of desired products (e.g. fatty acids, carotenoids,

(poly)saccharides, vitamins, isoprenoids, lipids, fatty acid (esters), and/or polymers such as polyhydroxyalkanoids and/or their metabolic products or other desired fine chemicals as described herein) within a particular time and a particular volume (e.g. kilogram/hour/liter).

The term "fine chemical" is known in the art and includes molecules which are pro¬ duced by a nonhuman organism and are used in various branches of industry such as, for example, but not restricted to, the pharmaceutical industry, the agricultural industry and the cosmetics industry. These compounds comprise organic acids such as tartaric acid, itaconic acid and diaminopimelic acid, polymers or macromolecules such as, for example, polypeptides, e.g. enzymes, antibodies, growth factors or fragments thereof, nucleic acids, including polynucleic acids, both proteinogenic and nonproteinogenic amino acids, purine and pyrimidine bases, nucleosides and nucleotides (as described, for example, in Kuninaka, A. (1996) Nucleotides and related compounds, pp. 561-612, in Biotechnology vol. 6, Rehm et al., eds VCH: Weinheim and the references therein), lipids, saturated and unsaturated fatty acids (e.g. arachidonic acid), diols (e.g. pro- panediol and butanediol), carbohydrates (e.g. pentoses, hexoses, hyaluronic acid and trehalose), aromatic compounds (e.g. aromatic amine, vanillin and indigo), isoprenoids, prostagladins, triacylglycerol, cholesterol, polyhydroxyalkanoids, vitamins and cofactors (as described in Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, vol. A27, "Vitamins", pp. 443-613 (1996) VCH: Weinheim and the references therein; and Ong, A.S., Niki, E. and Packer, L. (1995) "Nutrition, Lipids, Health and Disease" Proceedings of the

UNESCO/Confederation of Scientific and Technological Associations in Malaysia and the Society for Free Radical Research - Asia, held on Sept. 1-3, 1994 in Penang, Ma¬ laysia, AOCS Press (1995)), enzymes and all other chemicals described by Gutcho (1983) in Chemicals by Fermentation, Noyes Data Corporation, ISBN: 0818805086 and the references indicated therein. The term "fine chemicals", as used herein, thus also includes pharmaceutical compounds which can be produced in organisms, for example antibodies, growth factors, etc. or fragments thereof.

The term "amino acid" is known in the art. Amino acids comprise the fundamental structural units of all proteins and are thus essential for normal cell functions. Proteino¬ genic amino acids, of which there are 20 types, serve as structural units for proteins in which they are linked together by peptide bonds, whereas the nonproteinogenic amino acids (hundreds of which are known) usually do not occur in proteins (see Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, vol. A2, pp. 57-97 VCH: Weinheim (1985)). Amino acids can exist in the D or L configuration, although L-amino acids are usually the only type found in naturally occurring proteins. Biosynthetic and degradation path¬ ways of each of the 20 proteinogenic amino acids are well characterized both in pro- karyotic and eukaryotic cells (see, for example, Stryer, L. Biochemistry, 3rd edition, pp. 578-590 (1988)). Apart from their function in protein biosynthesis, these amino acids are interesting chemicals as such, and it has been found that many have various appli¬ cations in the human food, animal feed, chemical, cosmetic, agricultural and pharma¬ ceutical industries. Lysine is an important amino acid not only for human nutrition but also for monogastric animals such as poultry and pigs. Glutamate is most frequently used as a flavor additive (monosodium glutamate, MSG) and elsewhere in the food industry, as are aspartate, phenylalanine, glycine and cysteine. Glycine, L-methionine and tryptophan are all used in the pharmaceutical industry. Glutamine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, histidine, arginine, proline, serine and alanine are used in the pharmaceuti- cal industry and the cosmetics industry. Threonine, tryptophan and D-/L-methionine are widely used animal feed additives (Leuchtenberger, W. (1996) Amino acids - technical production and use, pp. 466-502 in Rehm et al., (eds) Biotechnology vol. 6, chapter 14a, VCH: Weinheim). It has been found that these amino acids are moreover suitable as precursors for synthesizing synthetic amino acids and proteins, such as N- acetylcysteine, S-carboxymethyl-L-cysteine, (S)-5-hydroxytryptophan and other sub¬ stances described in Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, vol. A2, pp. 57- 97, VCH, Weinheim, 1985.

The term "vitamin" is known in the art and comprises nutrients which are required for normal functioning of an organism but cannot be synthesized by this organism itself. The group of vitamins may include cofactors and nutraceutical compounds.

The term "cofactor" comprises nonproteinaceous compounds necessary for the ap- pearance of a normal enzymic activity. These compounds may be organic or inorganic; the cofactor molecules of the invention are preferably organic.

The term "nutraceutical" comprises food additives which are health-promoting in plants and animals, especially humans. Examples of such molecules are vitamins, antioxi- dants and likewise certain lipids (e.g. polyunsaturated fatty acids).

Vitamins, cofactors and nutraceuticals consequently comprise a group of molecules which cannot be synthesized by higher animals which therefore have to take them in, although they are readily synthesized by other organisms such as bacteria. These molecules are either bioactive molecules per se or precursors of bioactive substances which serve as electron carriers or intermediate products in a number of metabolic pathways. Besides their nutritional value, these compounds also have a substantial industrial value as colorants, antioxidants and catalysts or other processing auxiliaries. For an overview of the structure, activity and industrial applications of these com- pounds, see, for example, Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, "Vitamins", vol. A27, pp. 443-613, VCH: Weinheim, 1996. Polyunsaturated fatty acids are de¬ scribed in particular in: Simopoulos 1999, Am. J. Clin. Nutr., 70 (3 Suppl):560-569, Ta- kahata et al., Biosc. Biotechnol. Biochem, 1998, 62 (11):2079-2085, Willich and Win- ther, 1995, Deutsche Medizinische Wochenschrift, 120 (7):229 ff and the references therein.

The term "purine" or "pyrimidine" comprises nitrogen-containing bases which form part of nucleic acids, coenzymes and nucleotides. The term "nucleotide" comprises the fun¬ damental structural units of nucleic acid molecules, which comprise a nitrogen- containing base, a pentose sugar (the sugar is ribose in the case of RNA and D- deoxyribose in the case of DNA) and phosphoric acid. The term "nucleoside" com¬ prises molecules which serve as precursors of nucleotides but have, in contrast to the nucleotides, no phosphoric acid unit. It is possible to inhibit RNA and DNA synthesis by inhibiting the biosynthesis of these molecules or their mobilization to form nucleic acid molecules; targeted inhibition of this activity in cancer cells allows the ability of tumor cells to divide and replicate to be inhibited. Moreover, there are nucleotides which do not form nucleic acid molecules but serve as energy stores (i.e. AMP) or as coenzymes (i.e. FAD and NAD). However, purine and pyrimidine bases, nucleosides and nucleo¬ tides also have other possible uses: as intermediate products in the biosynthesis of various fine chemicals (e.g. thiamine, S-adenosylmethionine, folates or riboflavin), as energy carriers for the cell (e.g. ATP or GTP) and for chemicals themselves; they are ordinarily used as flavor enhancers (e.g. IMP or GMP) or for many medical applications (see, for example, Kuninaka, A., (1996) "Nucleotides and Related Compounds in Bio¬ technology" vol. 6, Rehm et al., eds. VCH: Weinheim, pp. 561-612). Enzymes involved in purine, pyrimidine, nucleoside or nucleotide metabolism are also increasingly serving as targets against which chemicals are being developed for crop protection, including fungicides, herbicides and insecticides.

A cell contains different carbon sources which are also included in the term "fine chemicals", for example sugars such as glucose, fructose, mannose, galactose, ribose, sorbose, ribulose, lactose, maltose, sucrose or raffinose, starch or cellulose, alcohols (e.g. methanol or ethanol), alkanes, fatty acids, in particular polyunsaturated fatty acids and organic acids such as acetic acid or lactic acid. Sugars may be transported by a multiplicity of mechanisms via the cell membrane into the cell. The ability of cells to grow and to divide rapidly in culture depends to a high degree on the extent of the abil¬ ity of said cells to absorb and utilize energy-rich molecules such as glucose and other sugars. Trehalose consists of two glucose molecules linked together by an α,α-1 ,1- linkage. It is ordinarily used in the food industry as sweetener, as additive for dried or frozen foods and in beverages. However, it is also used in the pharmaceutical industry, the cosmetics industry and the biotechnology industry (see, for example, Nishimoto et al., (1998) US-Patent NO 5 759 610; Singer, MA and Lindquist, S. Trends Biotech. 16 (1998) 460-467; Paiva, C.L.A. and Panek, A.D. Biotech Ann. Rev. 2 (1996) 293-314; and Shiosaka, M. J. Japan 172 (1997) 97-102). Trehalose is used by enzymes of many microorganisms and is naturally released into the surrounding medium from which it can be isolated by methods known in the art.

The biosynthesis of said molecules in organisms has been comprehensively character¬ ized, for example in Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, VCH: Weinheim, 1996, e.g. chapter "Vitamins", vol. A27, pp. 443-613, Michal, G. (1999) Biochemical Pathways: An Atlas of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons; Ong, A.S., Niki, E. and Packer, L. (1995) "Nutrition, Lipids, Health and Disease" Proceedings of the UNESCO/Confederation of Scientific and Technological Associations in Malaysia and the Society for free Radical Research - Asia, held on Sept. 1-3, 1994 in Penang, Malaysia, AOCS Press, Champaign, IL X, 374 S). Consequently, one embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for in¬ creasing oil production of a plant.

Plants may be used advantageously, for example, for the production of fatty acids. For example, storage lipids in the seeds of higher plants are synthesized from fatty acids which mainly have from 16 to 18 carbons. Said fatty acids are located in the seed oils of various plant species. An increase in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 in Arabi- dopsis has already shown that seed production is increased by approx. 30%. The pro- duction of said oils in plants may be increased, for example, by expressing polynucleo¬ tides characterized herein. Vegetable oils may then be used, for example, as fuel or as material for various products such as, for example, plastics, drugs, etc. Polyunsatu¬ rated fatty acids may be used particularly advantageously in nutrition and feeding.

In one embodiment, said method of the invention comprises preparing fine chemicals by transforming the nonhuman organism with one or more further polynucleotides whose gene products are part of one of the abovementioned metabolic pathways or whose gene products are involved in the regulation of one of these metabolic pathways so that the nonhuman organism produces the desired fine chemicals or the production of a desired fine chemical is increased. Advantageously, coexpression of the genes used in the method together with the increase in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity advantageously achieves an increase in production of said fine chemicals. Genes which serve the production of said fine chemicals are known to the skilled worker and have been described in the literature in many different ways.

The biosynthesis of said fine chemicals, for example of fatty acids, carotenoids, polysaccharides, vitamins, isoprenoids, lipids, fatty esters or polyhydroxyalkanoids and the abovementioned metabolic products, in plants often takes place in special meta¬ bolic pathways of particular cell organelles. Consequently, polynucleotides whose gene products play a part in these biosynthetic pathways and which are consequently lo¬ cated in said special organelles include sequences which code for corresponding sig¬ nal peptides.

Further polynucleotides may be introduced into the host cell, preferably into a plant cell, with the gene constructs, expression cassettes, vectors, etc. described herein. Expres¬ sion cassettes, gene constructs, vectors, etc. of this kind may be introduced by simul¬ taneous transformation of a plurality of individual expression cassettes, gene con¬ structs, vectors, etc. or, preferably, by combining a plurality of genes, ORFs or expres¬ sion cassettes in one construct. It is also possible to use a plurality of vectors with in each case a plurality of expression cassettes for transformation and introduce them into the host cell. Consequently, the gene constructs, expression cassettes, vectors, etc. described above for the method of the invention may mediate according to the invention also the increase or reduction in further genes, in addition to the increase in SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 expression.

It is therefore advantageous to introduce into the host organisms and express therein regulator genes such as genes for inducers, repressors or enzymes which, due to their activity, intervene in the regulation of one or more genes of a biosynthetic pathway. These genes may be of heterologous or homologous origin. Furthermore, it is possible additionally to introduce biosynthesis genes for producing fine chemicals so that the production of said fine chemicals is particularly effective due to the accelerated growth.

For this purpose, the aforementioned nucleic acids may be used for transformation of plants, for example with the aid of Agrobacterium, after they have been cloned into expression cassettes of the invention, for example in combination with nucleic acid molecules encoding other polypeptides. The genes encoding "other polypeptides" or "regulators" may also be introduced into the desired nonhuman organisms in inde¬ pendent transformations. This may take place before or after increasing the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity in said nonhuman organism. Cotransformation with a second expression construct or vector and subsequent selection for the appropriate marker is also possible.

In one embodiment, the invention relates to a gene construct, an expression cassette or a vector which comprises one or more of the nucleic acid molecules or polynucleo- tides described herein. Cassettes, constructs or vectors are preferably suitable for use in the method of the invention and comprise, for example, the abovementioned SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity-encoding polynucleotides, preferably functionally linked to one or more regulatory signals for mediating or increasing gene expression in plants.

Said homologs, derivatives or analogs which are functionally linked to one or more regulatory signals or regulatory sequences, advantageously for increasing gene ex¬ pression, are included.

The regulatory sequences are intended to make possible targeted expression of the genes and synthesis of the encoded proteins. The term "regulatory sequence" is de¬ fined above and includes, for example, include the described terminator, processing signals, posttranscriptional, posttranslational modifications, promoter, enhancer, UTR, splice sites, polyadenylation signals and other expression control elements known to the skilled worker and mentioned herein. Depending on the host organism, for example, this may mean that the gene is ex¬ pressed and/or overexpressed only after induction or that it is expressed and/or over- expressed immediately. Examples of these regulatory sequences are sequences to which inducers or repressors bind and thus regulate expression of the nucleic acid. In addition to these new regulatory sequences or instead of these sequences, the natural regulation of said sequences may still be present upstream of the actual structural genes and, where appropriate, may have been genetically modified so that natural regulation has been switched off and expression of the genes has been increased. However, the expression cassette (= expression construct = gene construct) may also have a simpler structure, i.e. no additional regulatory signals are inserted upstream of the nucleic acid sequence or derivatives thereof and the natural promoter with its regu¬ lation is not deleted. Instead, the natural regulatory sequence is mutated so that regula¬ tion no longer takes place and/or gene expression is increased. These modified pro¬ moters may also be put in the form of partial sequences (= promoter with parts of the nucleic acid sequences of the invention) alone upstream of the natural gene to in¬ crease the activity. Moreover, the gene construct may advantageously also comprise one or more "enhancer" sequences functionally linked to the promoter, which make increased expression of the nucleic acid sequence possible. Additional advantageous sequences such as further regulatory elements or terminators may also be inserted at the 3' end of the DNA sequences. The nucleic acid sequence(s) of the invention coding preferably for an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity may be present in one or more copies in the expression cassette (= gene construct). One or more copies of the genes may be present in the expression cassette. This gene construct or the gene con¬ structs may be expressed together in the host organism. It is possible for the gene construct or gene constructs to be inserted in one or more vectors and be present in free form in the cell or else be inserted in the genome. In the case of plants, integration into the plastid genome or into the cell genome may have taken place. Cloning vectors as are comprehensively described in the prior art and here may be used for transfor¬ mation.

Preference is given to introducing the nucleic acid sequences used in the method into an expression cassette which enables the nucleic acids to be expressed in a nonhu- man organism, preferably in a plant.

The expression cassettes may in principle be used directly for introduction into the plant or else be introduced into a vector.

In another embodiment, the invention also relates to the complementary sequences of said polynucleotide of the invention and to an antisense polynucleic acid. An antisense nucleic acid molecule comprises, for example, a nucleotide sequence which is com¬ plementary to the "sense" nucleic acid molecule encoding a protein, for example com¬ plementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complemen- tary to an mRNA sequence. The term antisense molecule should also encompass RNA interference molecules specifically also RNAi hairpin molecules with or without spacer or linker sequences between the complementary sequences.

Consequently, an antisense nucleic acid molecule is capable of forming hydrogen bonds with a sense nucleic acid molecule. The antisense nucleic acid molecule may be complementary to any of the coding strands depicted here or only to a part thereof. An antisense oligonucleotide may, for example, be 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50, nucleotides in length. An antisense nucleic acid molecule may be prepared by chemical synthesis and enzymic ligation according to methods known to the skilled worker. An antisense nucleic acid molecule may be chemically synthesized using naturally occur¬ ring nucleotides or nucleotides modified in various ways so as to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to enhance the physical stability of the duplex forming be¬ tween the antisense nucleic acid and the sense nucleic acid; it is possible to use, for example, phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine-substituted nucleotides. Alterna¬ tively, it is possible to prepare antisense nucleic acid molecules biologically by using expression vectors into which polynucleotides have been cloned whose orientation is antisense. The antisense nucleic acid molecule may also be an "α-anomeric" nucleic acid molecule. An "α-anomeric" nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNAs, in which the strands run parallel to one another, in contrast to ordinary β-units. The antisense nucleic acid molecule may comprise 2-0- methylribonucleotides or chimeric RNA-DNA analogs. The antisense nucleic acid molecule may also be a ribozyme. Ribozymes are catalytic RNA molecules having a ribonuclease activity and are capable of cleaving single-stranded nucleic acids to which they have a complementary region, such as mRNA, for example.

In another preferred embodiment, the invention relates to the polypeptide encoded by the polynucleotide of the invention and to a polyclonal or monoclonal antibody, prefera¬ bly a monoclonal antibody, directed against said polypeptide.

"Antibodies" mean, for example, polyclonal, monoclonal, human or humanized or re¬ combinant antibodies or fragments thereof, single-chain antibodies or else synthetic antibodies. Antibodies of the invention or fragments thereof mean in principle all the immunoglobulin classes such as IgM, IgG, IgD, IgE, IgA or their subclasses such as the IgG subclasses, or mixtures thereof. Preference is given to IgG and its subclasses such as, for example, IgGI, lgG2, lgG2a, lgG2b, lgG3 and IgGM. Particular preference is given to the IgG subtypes IgGI and lgG2b. Fragments which may be mentioned are any truncated or modified antibody fragments having one or two binding sites comple¬ mentary to the antigen, such as antibody moieties having a binding site which corre- sponds to the antibody and is composed of a light chain and a heavy chain, such as Fv, Fab or F(ab')2 fragments or single-strand fragments. Preference is given to trun¬ cated double-strand fragments such as Fv, Fab or F(ab')2. These fragments may be obtained, for example, either enzymatically, by cleaving off the Fc moiety of the anti¬ bodies using enzymes such as papain or pepsin, by means of chemical oxidation or by means of genetic manipulation of the antibody genes. Genetically manipulated nont- runcated fragments may also be advantageously used. The antibodies or fragments may be used alone or in mixtures. Antibodies may also be part of a fusion protein.

In other embodiments, the present invention relates to a method for preparing a vector, which comprises inserting the polynucleotide of the invention or the expression cas¬ sette into a vector, and to a vector comprising the polynucleotide of the invention or prepared according to the invention.

In a preferred embodiment, the polynucleotide is functionally linked to regulatory se¬ quences which allow expression in a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host.

The term "vector", as used herein, refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of trans¬ porting another nucleic acid to which it is bound. An example of a type of vector is a "plasmid", i.e. a circular double-stranded DNA loop. Another type of vector is a viral vector, it being possible here to ligate additional DNA segments into the viral genome. Particular vectors such as, for example, vectors having an origin of replication may replicate autonomously in a host cell into which they have been introduced. Other pre¬ ferred vectors are advantageously integrated into the genome of a host cell into which they have been introduced and thereby are replicated together with the host genome. Moreover, particular vectors can control expression of genes to which they are func¬ tionally linked. These vectors are referred to herein as "expression vectors". As men- tioned above, they may replicate autonomously or be integrated into the host genome. Expression vectors suitable for DNA recombination techniques are usually in the form of plasmids. "Plasmid" and "vector" may be used synonymously in the present descrip¬ tion. Consequently, the invention also comprises phages, viruses, for example SV40, CMV or TMV, transposons, IS elements, phasmids, phagemids, cosmids, linear or cir- cular DNA and other expression vectors known to the skilled worker.

The recombinant expression vectors used advantageously in the method comprise the nucleic acids of the invention or the gene construct of the invention in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acids used in a host cell, meaning that the recombinant expression vectors comprise one or more regulatory sequences which are selected on the basis of the host cells to be used for expression and which is functionally linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed.

In a recombinant expression vector, "functionally linked" means that the nucleotide se- quence of interest is bound to the regulatory sequence(s) in such a way that expres¬ sion of said nucleotide sequence is possible and that they are bound to one another so that both sequences fulfil the predicted function attributed to the sequence (e.g. in an in-vitro transcription/transiation system or in a host cell when introducing the vector into said host cell).

The recombinant expression vectors used may be designed especially for expression in prokaryotic and/or eukaryotic cells, preferably in plants. For example, genes encod¬ ing SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 may be expressed in bacterial cells, insect cells, e.g. by using baculovirus expression vectors, yeast cells and other fungal cells [e.g. according to Romanos, (1992), Yeast 8:423-488; van den Hondel, C.A.M.J.J., (1991), in J.W. Bennet & LL Lasure, eds, pp. 396-428: Academic Press: San Diego; and van den Hondel, CAM. J. J., (1991) in: Applied Molecular Genetics of Fungi, Pe- berdy, J. F, ed., pp. 1-28, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, in algae, e.g. ac¬ cording to Falciatore, 1999, Marine Biotechnology.1, 3:239-251, in ciliates, e.g. in Holotrichia, Peritrichia, Spirotrichia, Suctoria, Tetrahymena, Paramecium, Colpidium, Glaucoma, Platyophrya, Potomacus, Desaturaseudocohnilembus, Euplotes, Engelma- niella, Stylonychia, or in the genus Stylonychia lemnae, using vectors according to a transformation method as described in WO 98/01572, and preferably in cells of multi¬ cellular plants [see Schmidt, R., (1988) Plant Cell Rep.: 583-586; Plant Molecular Biol¬ ogy and Biotechnology, C Press, Boca Raton, Florida, chapter 6/7, pp. 71-119 (1993); F.F. White, B. Jenes, Transgenic Plants, vol. 1 , Engineering and Utilization, eds: Kung and R. Wu, Academic Press (1993), 128-43; Potrykus, Annu. Rev. Plant Physiol. Plant Molec. Biol. 42 (1991), 205-225, and the references in the documents mentioned here. Suitable host cells are also discussed in Goeddel, Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1990). Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector may be transcribed and translated in vitro using, for example, T7-promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase.

A plant expression cassette or a corresponding vector preferably comprises regulatory sequences which are capable of controlling gene expression in plant cells and are functionally linked to the ORF so that each sequence its function.

The expression cassette is preferably linked to a suitable promoter which carries out gene expression at the right time and in a cell- or tissue-specific manner. Consequently, advantageous regulatory sequences for the novel method are present in the plant promoters CaMV/35S [Franck, Cell 21 (1980) 285-294, US 5,352,605], PRP1 [Ward, Plant. MoI. Biol. 22 (1993)], SSU, PGEL1, OCS [Leisner, (1988) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 85:2553], Iib4, usp, mas [Comai (1990) Plant MoI Biol 15:373], STLS1 , ScBV [Schenk(1999) Plant MoI Biol 39:1221 , B33, SAD1 and SAD2 (flax pro¬ moter, [Jain, (1999) Crop Science, 39:1696) and nos [Shaw (1984) Nucleic Acids Res. 12:7831]. The various ubiquitin promoters of Arabidopsis [Callis (1990) J Biol Chem 265:12486; Holtorf (1995) Plant MoI Biol 29:637], Pinus, maize [(Ubi1 and Ubi2), US 5,510,474; US 6,020,190 and US 6,054,574] or parsley [Kawalleck (1993) Plant Mo¬ lecular Biology, 21 :673] or phaseolin promoters may be used advantageously. Indue- ible promoters such as the promoters described in EP-A-O 388 186 (benzylsulfona- mide-inducible), Gatz, (1992) Plant J. 2:397 (tetracycline-inducible), EP-A-O 335 528 (abscisic acid-inducible) or WO 93/21334 (ethanol- or cyclohexanol-inducible) are like¬ wise advantageous in this connection. Further suitable plant promoters are the pro- moter of cytosolic FBPase or the potato ST-LSI promoter (Stockhaus, 1989, EMBO J. 8, 2445), the Glycine max phosphoribosyl-pyrophosphate amidotransferase promoter (GenBank accession NO U87999) or the node-specific promoter described in EP-A-O 249 676. Promoters which make expression possible in specific tissues or show a pref¬ erential expression in certain tissues may also be suitable. Also advantageous are seed-specific promoters such as the USP promoter but also other promoters such as the LeB4, DC3, SAD1 , phaseolin or napin promoter. Leaf-specific promoters as de¬ scribed in DE-A 19644478 or light-regulated promoters such as, for example, the petE promoter are also available for expression of genes in plants. Further advantageous promoters are seed-specific promoters which may be used for monocotyledonous or dicotyledonous plants and are described in US 5,608,152 (oil seed rape napin pro¬ moter), WO 98/45461 (Arabidopsis oleosin promoter), US 5,504,200 (Phaseolus vul¬ garis phaseolin promoter), WO 91/13980 (Brassica Bce4 promoter) and von Baeum- lein, 1992, Plant J., 2:233 (Legume LeB4 promoter), these promoters being suitable for dicotyledons. Examples of promoters suitable for monocotyledons are the following: barley ipt-2- or lpt-1 promoter (WO 95/15389 and WO 95/23230), barley hordein pro¬ moter, the corn ubiquitin promoter and other suitable promoters described in WO 99/16890.

In order to express heterologous sequences strongly in as many tissues as possible, in particular also in leaves, preference is given to using, in addition to various of the abovementioned and promoters, plant promoters of actin or ubiquitin genes, such as, for example, the rice actin 1 promoter. Another example of constitutive plant promoters are the sugar beet V-ATPase promoters (WO 01/14572).

It is possible in principle to use all natural promoters with their regulatory sequences, such as those mentioned above, for the novel method. It is likewise possible and ad¬ vantageous to use synthetic promoters additionally or alone, particularly if they mediate constitutive expression. Examples of synthetic constitutive promoters are the Super promoter (WO 95/14098) and promoters derived from G boxes (WO 94/12015).

Plant genes can also be expressed via a chemically inducible promoter (see a review in Gatz 1997, Annu. Rev. Plant Physiol. Plant MoI. Biol., 48:89-108). Chemically induc¬ ible promoters are particularly suitable when it is desired to express genes in a time- specific manner. Examples of such promoters are a salicylic acid-inducible promoter (WO 95/19443), a tetracycline-inducible promoter (Gatz et al. (1992) Plant J. 2, 397-404), an ethanol-inducible promoter and EP-A 0 388 186, EP-A 0 335 528, WO 97/06268. Expression specifically in gymnosperms or angiosperms are also possi¬ ble in principle.

Promoters responding to biotic or abiotic stress conditions are also suitable promoters, for example in plants the pathogen-induced PRP1 gene promoter (Ward, Plant. MoI. Biol. 22 (1993) 361), the tomato heat-inducible hspδO promoter (US 5,187,267), the potato cold-inducible alpha-amylase promoter (WO 96/12814) or the wound-inducible pinll promoter (EP-A-O 375 091).

Preferred polyadenylation signals are sufficiently known to the skilled worker, for ex¬ ample for plants those derived from Agrobacterium tumefaciens t-DNA, such as gene 3, known as octopine synthase (ocs gene) of the Ti plasmid pTiACH5 (Gielen, EMBO J. 3 (1984) 835), the nos gene or functional equivalents thereof. Other known terminators which are functionally active in plants are also suitable.

Further regulatory sequences which are expedient where appropriate also include se¬ quences which control transport and/or location of the expression products (targeting). In this connection, mention should be made particularly of the signal peptide- or transit peptide-encoding sequences known per se. For example, it is possible with the aid of plastid transit peptide-encoding sequences to guide the expression product into the plastids of a plant cell. Consequently, preference is given to using for functional linkage in plant gene expression cassettes in particular targeting sequences which are required for guiding the gene product to its appropriate cell compartment (see a review in Ker- mode, Crit. Rev. Plant Sci. 15, 4 (1996) 285 and references therein), for example into the vacuole, the nucleus, any kind of plastids such as amyloplasts, chloroplasts, chro- moplasts, the extracellular space, the mitochondria, the endoplasmic reticulum, oil bod¬ ies, peroxisomes and other compartments of plant cells. Thus, in particular perox- isome-targeting signals have been described, for example in Olsen LJ, Plant MoI Biol 1998, 38:163-189).

According to the invention, the gene construct, the vector, the expression cassette, etc. are advantageously constructed in such a way that a promoter is followed by a suitable cleavage site for insertion of the nucleic acid to be expressed, for example in a poly- linker, and a terminator is then located, where appropriate, downstream of the poly- linker or the insert. This sequence may be repeated several times, for example three, four or five times, so that multiple genes are combined in one construct and can be introduced in this way into the transgenic plant for expression. Advantageously, each nucleic acid sequence has its own promoter and, where appropriate, its own termina¬ tor. In the case of microorganisms capable of processing a polycistronic RNA, it is also possible to insert a plurality of nucleic acid sequences downstream of a promoter and, where appropriate, upstream of a terminator. It is advantageously possible to use in the expression cassette different promoters. A different terminator sequence may be used advantageously for each gene.

The plant expression cassette preferably contains further functionally linked sequences such as translation enhancers, for example the overdrive sequence comprising the 5'- untranslated leader sequence of tobacco mosaic virus, which increases the pro- tein/RNA ratio (GaIHe, 1987, Nucl. Acids Research 15:8693).

The vectors, cassettes, nucleic acid molecules, etc. to be introduced can be introduced into prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells via conventional transformation or transfection tech¬ niques.

The terms "transformation" and "transfection", conjugation and transduction, as used herein, are intended to include a multiplicity of methods known in the prior art for intro- ducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g. DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride coprecipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, natu¬ ral competence, chemically mediated transfer, electroporation or particle bombard¬ ment. Methods suitable for transforming or transfecting host cells, including plant cells, can be found in Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual., 2nd edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989) and other laboratory manuals such as Methods in Molecular Biol¬ ogy, 1995, vol. 44, Agrobacterium protocols, eds: Gartland and Davey, Humana Press, Totowa, New Jersey.

Thus it is possible for the nucleic acids, gene constructs, expression cassettes, vectors, etc. used in the method to be integrated either in the plastidial genome or preferably in the nuclear genome of the host cell, after introduction into a plant cell or plant. Integra¬ tion into the genome may be random or may be carried out via recombination in such a way that the introduced copy replaces the native gene, thereby modulating production of the desired compound by the cell, or by using a gene in trans so that said gene is functionally linked to a functional expression unit which comprises at least one se¬ quence guaranteeing expression of a gene and at least one sequence guaranteeing polyadenylation of a functionally transcribed gene. Where appropriate, the nucleic ac¬ ids are transferred into the plants via multiexpression cassettes or constructs for multi- parallel expression of genes. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid sequence is in¬ troduced into the plant without further, different nucleic acid sequences.

As described above, the transfer of foreign genes into the genome of a plant is referred to as transformation. In this case, the methods described for transformation and regen- eration of plants from plant tissues or plant cells are utilized for transient or stable transformation. Suitable methods are protoplast transformation by polyethylene glycol- induced DNA uptake, the biolistic method using the gene gun - the "particle bombard- merit" method, electroporation, incubation of dry embryos in DNA-containing solution, microinjection and Agrobacterium-mediated gene transfer. Said methods are de¬ scribed, for example, in B. Jenes, Techniques for Gene Transfer, in: Transgenic Plants, Vol. 1 , Engineering and Utilization, edited by S.D. Kung and R. Wu, Academic Press (1993) 128-143 and in Potrykus Annu. Rev. Plant Physiol. Plant Molec. Biol. 42 (1991) 205-225).

The construct to be expressed is preferably cloned into a vector which is suitable for transforming Agrobacterium tumefaciens, for example as described herein, for example pBin19 (Bevan, Nucl. Acids Res. 12 (1984) 8711). Agrobacteria transformed with such a vector may then be used in the known manner for transforming plants, in particular crop plants, such as, for example, tobacco plants, by, for example, bathing wounded leaves or pieces of leaf in a solution of agrobacteria and then cultivating said leaves or pieces of leaf in suitable media. The transformation of plants with Agrobacterium tume- faciens is described, for example, by Hofgen, Nucl. Acid Res. (1988) 16, 9877 or is disclosed, inter alia, in F.F. White, Vectors for Gene Transfer in Higher Plants; in Transgenic Plants, Vol. 1, Engineering and Utilization, edited by S.D. Kung and R. Wu, Academic Press, 1993, pp. 15-38.

The nucleic acids, gene constructs, expression cassettes, vectors, etc. used in the method are checked, where appropriate, and then used for transforming the plants. For this purpose, it may be required first to obtain the constructs, plasmids, vectors, etc. from an intermediate host. For example, the constructs can be isolated as plasmids from bacterial hosts, following a conventional plasmid isolation. Numerous methods for transforming plants are known. Since stable integration of heterologous DNA into the genome of plants is advantageous according to the invention, T-DNA-mediated trans¬ formation, in particular, has proved to be expedient and may be carried out in a manner known per se. For example, the plasmid construct generated according to what has been said above may be transformed into competent agrobacteria by means of elec- troporation or heat shock. In principle, the distinction to be made here is between the formation of cointegrated vectors on the one hand and the transformation with binary vectors. In the first alternative, the vector constructs comprising the codogenic gene section do not contain any T-DNA sequences, rather the cointegrated vectors are formed in the agrobacteria by homologous recombination of the vector construct with T-DNA. T-DNA is present in agrobacteria in the form of Ti or Ri plasmids in which the oncogenes have conveniently been replaced by exogenous DNA. When using binary vectors, these may be transferred by means of bacterial conjugation or direct transfer to agrobacteria. Said agrobacteria conveniently already comprise the vector carrying the vir genes (frequently referred to as helper Ti(Ri) plasmid). Expediently, one or more markers may be used, on the basis of which the selection of transformed agrobacteria and transformed plant cells is possible. A multiplicity of markers is known to the skilled worker. It is known about stable or transient integration of nucleic acids that, depending on the expression vector used and transfection technique used, only a small proportion of the cells takes up the foreign DNA and, if desired, integrates it in their genome. For identifi- cation and selection of these integrants, usually a gene which encodes a selectable marker (e.g. antibiotic resistance) is introduced together with the gene of interest into the host cells.

Marker genes are advantageously used for selection for successful introduction of the nucleic acids of the invention into a host organism, in particular into a plant. These marker genes make it possible to identify successful introduction of the nucleic acids of the invention by a number of different principles, for example by visual recognition with the aid of fluorescence, luminescence or in the wavelength range of light which is visi¬ ble to humans, via a herbicide or antibiotic resistance, via "nutritional" (auxotrophic) markers or antinutritional markers, by enzyme assays or via phytohormones. Examples of such markers which may be mentioned here are GFP (= Green fluorescent Protein); the luciferin/luciferase system; β-galactosidase with its colored substrates, e.g. X-GaI; herbicide resistances to, for example, imidazolinone, glyphosate, phosphothricin or sulfonylurea; antibiotic resistances to, for example, bleomycin, hygromycin, streptomy- cin, kanamycin, tetracycline, chloramphenicol, ampicillin, gentamycin, geneticin (G418), spectinomycin or blasticidin, to mention only a few; nutritional markers such as utiliza¬ tion of mannose or xylose or antinutritional markers such as 2-deoxyglucose resis¬ tance. This list represents a small section of possible markers. Markers of this kind are well known to the skilled worker.

Different markers are preferred, depending on organism and selection method. Pre¬ ferred selectable markers include in plants those which confer resistance to a herbicide such as glyphosphate or glufosinate. Further suitable markers are, for example, mark¬ ers which encode genes which are involved in biosynthetic pathways of, for example, sugars or amino acids, such as β-galactosidase, ura3 or ilv2. Markers encoding genes such as luciferase, gfp or other fluorescence genes are likewise suitable. These mark¬ ers can be used in mutants in which said genes are not functional because, for exam¬ ple, they have been deleted by means of conventional methods. Furthermore, markers may be introduced into a host cell on the same vector as that coding for SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptides or another of the inventive nucleic acid molecules described herein, or they may be introduced on a separate vector.

Since the marker genes, especially the antibiotic and herbicide resistance gene, are normally no longer required or are unwanted in the transgenic host cell after successful introduction of the nucleic acids, techniques making it possible to delete these marker genes are advantageously used in the method of the invention for introducing the nu¬ cleic acids. One such method is "cotransformation". Cotransformation involves using simultaneously two vectors for transformation, one vector harboring the nucleic acids of the invention and the second one harboring the marker gene(s). A large proportion of the transformants acquires or contains both vectors in the case of plants (up to 40% of the transformants and more). It is then possible to remove the marker genes from the transformed plant by crossing. A further method uses marker genes integrated into a transposon for the transformation together with the desired nucleic acids ("Ac/Ds tech¬ nology). In some cases (approx. 10%), after successful transformation, the transposon jumps out of the genome of the host cell and is lost. In a further number of cases, the transposon jumps into another site. In these cases, it is necessary to outcross the marker gene again. Microbiological techniques enabling or facilitating detection of such events have been developed. A further advantageous method uses "recombination systems" which have the advantage that it is possible to dispense with outcrossing. The best-known system of this kind is the "Cre/lox" system. Cre1 is a recombinase which deletes the sequences located between the loxP sequence. If the marker gene is integrated between the loxP sequence, it is deleted by means of Cre1 recombinase after successful transformation. Further recombinase systems are the HIN/HIX, FLP/FRT and the REP/STB system (Tribble et al., J.Biol. Chem., 275, 2000: 22255 - 22267; Velmurugan et al., J. Cell Biol., 149, 2000: 553 - 566). Targeted integration of the nucleic acid sequences of the invention into the plant genome is also possible in principle, but less preferred up until now because of the large amount of work involved. These methods are, of course, also applicable to microorganisms such as yeasts, fungi or bacteria.

Agrobacteria transformed with an expression vector of the invention may likewise be used in a known manner for transforming plants such as test plants such as Arabidop- sis or crop plants such as, for example, cereals, corn, oats, rye, barley, wheat, soy¬ bean, rice, cotton, sugar beet, canola, sunflower, flax, hemp, potato, tobacco, tomato, carrot, paprika, oilseed rape, tapioca, cassava, arrowroot, tagetes, alfalfa, lettuce and the various tree, nut and grape species, oil-containing crop plants such as soybean, peanut, castor oil plant, sunflower, corn, cotton, flax, oilseed rape, coconut, oil palm, safflower (Carthamus tinctorius) or cocoa bean or the other plants mentioned below, for example by bathing wounded leaves or pieces of leaf in a solution of agrobacteria and then cultivating said leaves or pieces of leaf in suitable media.

The genetically modified plant cells may be regenerated by any methods known to the skilled worker. Appropriate methods can be found in the abovementioned publications by S. D. Kung and R. Wu, Potrykus or Hδfgen and Willmitzer.

If desired, the plasmid constructs may be checked again with regard to identity and/or integrity by means of PCR or Southern blot analysis, prior to their transformation into agrobacteria. It is normally desired that the codogenic gene sections with the linked regulatory sequences in the plasmid constructs are flanked on one or both sides by T- DNA. This is particularly useful when bacteria of the species Agrobacterium tumefa- ciens or Agrobacterium rhizogenes are used for transformation. The transformed agro- bacteria may be cultured in a manner known per se and are thus available for conven¬ ient transformation of the plants. The plants or parts of plants to be transformed are grown and provided in a conventional manner. The agrobacteria may act on the plants or parts of plants in different ways. Thus it is possible, for example, to use a culture of morphogenic plant cells or tissues. Following T-DNA transfer, the bacteria are usually eliminated by antibiotics and regeneration of plant tissue is induced. For this purpose, particular use is made of suitable plant hormones in order to promote the formation of shoots, after initial callus formation. According to the invention, preference is given to carrying out in planta transformation. For this purpose, it is possible to expose plant seeds, for example, to the agrobacteria or to inoculate plant meristems with agrobacte¬ ria. It has proved particularly expedient according to the invention to expose the whole plant or at least the flower primordia to a suspension of transformed agrobacteria. The former is then grown further until seeds of the treated plant are obtained (Clough and Bent, Plant J. (1998) 16, 735). To select transformed plants, the plant material obtained from the transformation is usually subjected to selective conditions so that transformed plants can be distinguished from untransformed plants. For example, the seeds ob¬ tained in the manner described above can be sown anew and, after growing, subjected to a suitable spray selection. Another possibility is to grow the seeds, if necessary after sterilization, on agar plates, using a suitable selecting agent, in such a way that only the transformed seeds are able to grow to plants.

The invention furthermore relates to a host cell which has been stably or transiently transformed or transfected with the vector of the invention or with the polynucleotide of the invention. Consequently, the invention relates in one embodiment also to microor¬ ganisms whose SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity is increased, for example due to (over)expression of the polynucleic acids characterized herein.

In one embodiment, the host cell or microorganism is a bacterial cell or a eukaryotic cell, preferably a unicellular microorganism or a plant cell.

In another embodiment, the invention also relates to an animal cell or plant cell which contains the polynucleotide of the invention or the vector of the invention. In a preferred embodiment, the invention relates in particular to a plant tissue or to a plant having an increased amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 and/or containing the plant cell of the invention. In one embodiment, the invention also relates to a plant compart¬ ment, a plant organelle, a plant cell, a plant tissue or a plant having an increased SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity or an increased amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide. Host cells which are suitable in principle for taking up the nucleic acid of the invention, the gene product of the invention or the vector of the invention are cells of any prokary- otic or eukaryotic organisms. Organisms or host organisms suitable for the nucleic acid of the invention, the expression cassette or the vector are in principle any organisms for which faster growth and higher yield are desirable, with preference being given, as mentioned, to crop plants.

A further aspect of the invention therefore relates to transgenic organisms transformed with at least one nucleic acid sequence, expression cassette or vector of the invention and to cells, cell cultures, tissues, parts or propagation material derived from such or¬ ganisms.

The terms "host organism", "host cell", "recombinant (host) organism", "recombinant (host) cell", "transgenic (host) organism" and "transgenic (host) cell" are used inter- changeably herein. These terms relate, of course, not only to the particular host organ¬ ism or to the particular target cell but also to the progeny or potential progeny of said organisms or cells. Since certain modifications may occur in subsequent generations, owing to mutation or environmental effects, these progeny are not necessarily identical to the parental cell but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.

Examples which should be mentioned here are microorganisms such as fungi, for ex¬ ample the genus Mortierella, Saprolegnia or Pythium, bacteria such as, for example, the genus Escherichia, yeasts such as, for example, the genus Saccharomyces, cyanobacteria, ciliates, algae or protozoa such as, for example, dinoflagellates such as Crypthecodinium.

The increased growth rate of the microorganisms is particularly advantageous in com¬ bination with the synthesis of products of value, for example in the method of the inven¬ tion for preparing fine chemicals. An advantageous embodiment is thus, for example, microorganisms which (naturally) synthesize relatively large amounts of vitamins, sug¬ ars, polymers, oils, etc. Examples which may be mentioned here are fungi such as, for example, Mortierella alpina, Pythium insidiosum, yeasts such as, for example, Sac¬ charomyces cerevisiae and the microorganisms of the genus Saccharomyces, cyano¬ bacteria, ciliates, algae or protozoa such as, for example, dinoflagellates such as Cryp- thecodinium.

Utilizable host cells are furthermore mentioned in: Goeddel, Gene Expression Technol¬ ogy: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1990). Usable expression strains, for example those having relatively low protease activity, are de- scribed in: Gottesman, S., Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, California (1990) 119-128. Proteins are usually expressed in prokaryotes by using vectors which contain constitu¬ tive or inducible promoters controlling expression of fusion or nonfusion proteins. Typi¬ cal fusion expression vectors are, inter alia, pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith, D.B., and Johnson, K.S. (1988) Gene 67:31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ). Examples of suitable inducible nonfusion E co// expression vectors are inter alia, pTrc (Amann et al. (1988) Gene 69:301-315) and pET 11d [Studier, Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Aca¬ demic Press, San Diego, California (1990) 60].

Other vectors suitable in prokaryotic organisms are known to the skilled worker and are, for example, in E. coli pLG338, pACYC184, the pBR series such as pBR322, the pUC series such as pUC18 or pUC19, the M113mp series, pKC30, pRep4, pHS1, pHS2, pPLc236, pMBL24, pLG200, pUR290, plN-IH113-B1 , lambda gt11 or pBdCI, in Streptomyces plJ101 , plJ364, plJ702 or plJ361, in Bacillus pUB110, pC194 or pBD214, in Corynebacterium pSA77 or pAJ667.

However, preference is given to eukaryotic expression systems. In a further embodi¬ ment, the expression vector is a yeast expression vector. Examples of vectors for ex¬ pression in the yeast S. cerevisiae include pYeDesaturased (Baldari (1987) Embo J. 6:229), pMFa (Kurjan (1982) Cell 30:933), pJRY88 (Schultz (1987) Gene 54:113), 2 micron, pAG-1, YEp6, YEp13, pEMBLYe23 and pYES2 (Invitrogen Corporation, San Diego, CA). Vectors and methods for constructing vectors suitable for use in other fungi such as filamentous fungi include those described in detail in: van den Hondel, CAM. J.J. (1991) in: Applied Molecular Genetics of fungi, J.F. Peberdy, ed., pp. 1-28, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge; or in: J.W. Bennet, ed., p. 396: Academic Press: San Diego]. Examples of vectors in fungi are pALS1, plL2 or pBB116 or in plants pLGV23, pGHIac+, pBIN19, pAK2004 or pDH51.

Alternatively, a product of value, for example the fine chemicals mentioned, may be expressed in insect cells using baculovirus expression vectors. Baculovirus vectors available for expression of proteins in cultured insect cells (e.g. Sf9 cells) include the pAc series (Smith (1983) MoI. Cell Biol.. 3:2156) and the pVL series (Lucklow (1989) Virology 170:31).

The abovementioned vectors offer only a small overview over possible suitable vectors. Further plasmids are known to the skilled worker and are described, for example, in: Cloning Vectors (eds Pouwels, P.H., et al., Elsevier, Amsterdam-New York-Oxford, 1985, ISBN 0 444 904018). For further expression systems suitable for prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, see in chapters 16 and 17 of Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Labora- tory Manual, 2nd edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989 or Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, N. Y. (1989). The microorganism has preferably been transiently or stably transformed with a polynucleotide which comprises a nucleic acid molecule described above which is suit¬ able for the method of the invention.

In another advantageous embodiment of the invention, it is possible to express, for example, a product of value or the fine chemicals also in unicellular plant cells (such as algae), see Falciatore, 1999, Marine Biotechnology 1 (3): 239 and references therein, and in plant cells of higher plants (e.g. sperm atophytes such as crops) so that said plants have higher SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity and, consequently, a higher growth rate. Examples of plant expression vectors include those described in detail above or those from Becker, (1992), Plant MoI. Biol. 20:1195 and Bevan, (1984), Nucl. Acids Res. 12:8711; Vectors for Gene Transfer in Higher Plants; in: Transgenic Plants, vol. 1, Engineering and Utilization, eds: Kung and R. Wu, Academic Press, 1993, p. 15. A relatively recent review of Agrobacterium binary vectors can be found in Hellens, 2000, Trends in Plant Science, Vol. 5, 446.

Host organisms which are advantageously used are bacteria, fungi, yeasts or plants, preferably crop plants or parts thereof. Preference is given to using fungi, yeasts or plants, particularly preferably plants, and special mention may be made of agricultural useful plants such as cereals and grasses, e.g. Triticum spp., Zea mais, Hordeum vul- gare, oats, Secale cereale, Oryza sativa, Pennisetum glaucum, Sorghum bicolor, Triti- cale, Agrostis spp., Cenchrus ciliaris, Dactylis glomerata, Festuca arundinacea, Lolium spp., Medicago spp., Alfalfa and Saccharum spp., legumes and oil seed crops, e.g. Brassica juncea, Brassica napus, Brassica nigra, Sinapes alba, Glycine max, Arachis hypogaea, canola, castor oil plant, coconut, oil palm, cocoa bean, date palm, Gos- sypium hirsutum, Cicer arietinum, Helianthus annuus, Lens culinaris, Linum usitatis- simum, Sinapis alba, Trifolium repens, Carthamus tinctorius and Vicia narbonensis, hemp, vegetables, lettuce and fruits, e.g. bananas, grapes, Lycopersicon esculentum, asparagus, cabbage, watermelons, kiwis, Solanum tuberosum, Solanum lypersicum, carrots, paprika, tapioca, manioc, Beta vulgaris, cassava and chicory, arrowroot, nut and grape species, trees, e.g. Coffea species, Citrus spp., Eucalyptus spp., Picea spp., Pinus spp. and Populus spp., tobacco, medicinal plants and trees and flowers, e.g. Tagetes.

If plants are selected as donor organism, said plant may in principle have any phyloge- netic relationship to the receptor plant. Thus donor plant and receptor plant may belong to the same family, genus, species, variety or line, which results in increasing homol¬ ogy between the nucleic acids to be integrated and corresponding parts of the genome of the receptor plant. According to a particular embodiment of the present invention, the donor organism is a fungi, preferably Saccharomycetaceae, in particular the genus Saccharomyces particu¬ larly preferred Saccharomyces cerevisiae.

Preferred receptor plants are particularly plants which can be appropriately trans¬ formed. These include mono- and dicotyledonous plants. In particular mention should be made of the agricultural useful plants such as cereals and grasses, e.g. Triticum spp., Zea mais, Hordeum vulgare, oats, Secale cereale, Oryza sativa, Pennisetum glaucum, Sorghum bicolor, Triticale, Agrostis spp., Cenchrus ciliaris, Dactylis glomer- ata, Festuca arundinacea, Lolium spp., Medicago spp. and Saccharum spp., legumes and oil seed crops, e.g. Brassica juncea, Brassica napus, Glycine max, Arachis hypo- gaea, Gossypium hirsutum, Cicer arietinum, Helianthus annuus, Lens culinaris, Linum usitatissimum, Sinapis alba, Trifolium repens und Vicia narbonensis, vegetables and fruits, e.g. bananas, grapes, Lycopersicon esculentum, asparagus, cabbage, water- melons, kiwis, Solanum tuberosum, Beta vulgaris, cassava and chicory, trees, e.g. Cof- fea species, Citrus spp., Eucalyptus spp., Picea spp., Pinus spp. and Populus spp., medicinal plants and trees, and flowers. According to a particular embodiment, the pre¬ sent invention relates to transgenic plants of the genus Arabidopsis, e.g. Arabidopsis thaliana and of the genus Oryza.

After transformation, plants are first regenerated as described above and then culti¬ vated and grown as usual.

The plant compartments, plant organelles, plant cells, plant tissues or plants of the in- vention is preferably produced according to the method of the invention or contains the gene construct described herein or the described vector.

In one embodiment, the invention relates to the yield or the propagation material of a plant of the invention or of a useful animal of the invention or to the biomass of a mi- croorganism, i.e. the biomaterial of a non human organism prepared according to the method of the invention.

The present invention also relates to transgenic plant material derivable from an inven¬ tive population of transgenic plants. Said material includes plant cells and certain tis- sues, organs and parts of plants in any phenotypic forms thereof, such as seeds, leaves, anthers, fibers, roots, root hairs, stalks, embryos, kalli, cotyledons, petioles, harvested material, plant tissue, reproductive tissue and cell cultures, which has been derived from the actual transgenic plant and/or may be used for producing the trans¬ genic plant.

Preference is given to any plant parts or plant organs such as leaf, stem, shoot, flower, root, tubers, fruits, bark, wood, seeds, etc. or the entire plant. Seeds include in this connection all seed parts such as seed covers, epidermal and seed cells, endosperm or embryonic tissue. Particular preference is given to harvested products, in particular fruits, seeds, tubers, fruits, roots, bark or leaves or parts thereof. In the method of the invention, transgenic plants also mean plant cells, plant tissues or plant organs to be regarded as agricultural product.

The biomaterial produced in the method, in particular of plants which have been modi¬ fied by the method of the invention, may be marketed directly.

The invention likewise relates in one embodiment to propagation material of a plant prepared according to the method of the invention. Propagation material means any material which may serve for seeding or growing plants, even if it may have, for exam¬ ple, another function, e.g. as food.

"Growth" also means, for example, culturing the transgenic plant cells, plant tissues or plant organs on a nutrient medium or the whole plant on or in a substrate, for example in hydroculture or on a field.

The present invention also relates to the use of the polynucleotide used in the method of the invention and characterized herein, of the gene construct, of the vector, of the plant cell or of the plant or of the plant tissue or of the plant material for preparing a plant with increased yield.

Suitable host organisms are in principle, in addition to the aforementioned transgenic organisms, also transgenic non human useful animals, for example pigs, cattle, sheep, goats, chickens, geese, ducks, turkeys, horses, donkeys, etc., which have preferably been transiently or stably transformed with a polynucleotide which comprises a nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide or a nucleic acid molecule characterized herein as suitable for the method of the invention.

In another preferred embodiment, the invention relates in particular to a useful animal or animal organ having an increased amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 and/or containing the useful animal cell of the invention.

The useful animals comprise an increased amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125,129 or 137, in particular an increase in expression or activity, and consequently an increased growth rate, i.e. faster growth and increased weight or increased production of agricul¬ tural products as listed above.

Preference is given to the useful animals being cattle, pigs, sheep, chicken or goats. In one embodiment, the invention relates to the use of an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide or of the polynucleotide or polypeptide of the invention for increas¬ ing the yield and/or increasing growth of a nonhuman organism compared to a starting organism.

A further embodiment of the invention is the use of the products obtained by means of said methods, for example biomaterial, in particular plant materials as mentioned, in food products, animal feed products, nutrients, cosmetics or pharmaceuticals. It is also possible to isolate commercially utilizable substances such as fine chemicals from the plants or parts of plants obtained by means of the method of the invention.

The examples and figures below which should not be regarded as limiting further illus¬ trate the present invention.

In a further embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for the generation of a microorganism, comprising the introduction, into the microorganism or parts thereof, of the expression construct of the invention, or the vector of the invention or the polynucleotide of the invention.

In another embodiment, the present invention relates also to a transgenic microorgan¬ ism comprising the polynucleotide of the invention, the expression construct of the in¬ vention or the vector as of the invention. Appropriate microorganisms have been de¬ scribed herein before, preferred are in particular aforementioned strains suitable for the production of fine chemicals.

The fine chemicals obtained in the method are suitable as starting material for the syn¬ thesis of further products of value. For example, they can be used in combination with each other or alone for the production of pharmaceuticals, foodstuffs, animal feeds or cosmetics. Accordingly, the present invention relates a method for the production of a pharmaceuticals, food stuff, animal feeds, nutrients or cosmetics comprising the steps of the method according to the invention, including the isolation of the fine chemicals, in particular amino acid composition produced e.g. methionine produced if desired and formulating the product with a pharmaceutical acceptable carrier or formulating the product in a form acceptable for an application in agriculture. A further embodiment according to the invention is the use of the fine chemicals produced in the method or of the transgenic organisms in animal feeds, foodstuffs, medicines, food supplements, cosmetics or pharmaceuticals.

It is advantageous to use in the method of the invention transgenic microorganisms such as fungi such as the genus Claviceps or Aspergillus or Gram-positive bacteria such as the genera Bacillus, Corynebacterium, Micrococcus, Brevibacterium, Rhodococcus, Nocardia, Caseobacter or Arthrobacter or Gram-negative bacteria such as the genera Escherichia, Flavobacterium or Salmonella or yeasts such as the genera Rhodotorula, Hansenula or Candida. Particularly advantageous organisms are selected from the group of genera Corynebacterium, Brevibacterium, Escherichia, Bacillus, Rhodotorula, Hansenula, Candida, Claviceps or Flavobacterium. It is very particularly advantageous to use in the method of the invention microorganisms selected from the group of genera and species consisting of Hansenula anomala, Candida utilis, Claviceps purpurea, Bacillus circulans, Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus sp., Brevibacterium albidum, Brevibacterium album, Brevibacterium cerinum, Brevibacterium flavum, Brevi¬ bacterium glutamigenes, Brevibacterium iodinum, Brevibacterium ketoglutamicum, Brevibacterium lactofermentum, Brevibacterium linens, Brevibacterium roseum, Brevi¬ bacterium saccharolyticum, Brevibacterium sp., Corynebacterium acetoacidophilum, Corynebacterium acetoglutamicum, Corynebacterium ammoniagenes, Corynebacte¬ rium glutamicum (= Micrococcus glutamicum), Corynebacterium melassecola, Coryne¬ bacterium sp. or Escherichia coli, specifically Escherichia coli K12 and its described strains.

The method of the invention is, when the host organisms are microorganisms, advan¬ tageously carried out at a temperature between 00C and 95°C, preferably between 1O0C and 85°C, particularly preferably between 150C and 75°C, very particularly pref- erably between 150C and 45°C. The pH is advantageously kept at between pH 4 and 12, preferably between pH 6 and 9, particularly preferably between pH 7 and 8, during this. The method of the invention can be operated batchwise, semibatchwise or con¬ tinuously. A summary of known cultivation methods is to be found in the textbook by Chmiel (BioprozelStechnik 1. Einfϋhrung in die Bioverfahrenstechnik (Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart, 1991)) or in the textbook by Storhas (Bioreaktoren und periphere Ein- richtungen (Vieweg Verlag, Braunschweig/Wiesbaden, 1994)). The culture medium to be used must meet the requirements of the respective strains in a suitable manner. Descriptions of culture media for various microorganisms are present in the handbook "Manual of Methods for General Bacteriology" of the American Society for Bacteriology (Washington D. C, USA, 1981). These media, which can be employed according to the invention include, as described above, usually one or more carbon sources, nitrogen sources, inorganic salts, vitamins and/or trace elements. Preferred carbon sources are sugars such as mono-, di- or polysaccharides. Examples of very good carbon sources are glucose, fructose, mannose, galactose, ribose, sorbose, ribulose, lactose, maltose, sucrose, raffinose, starch or cellulose. Sugars can also be added to the media via complex compounds such as molasses, or other byproducts of sugar refining. It may also be advantageous to add mixtures of various carbon sources. Other possible car¬ bon sources are oils and fats such as, for example, soybean oil, sunflower oil, peanut oil and/or coconut fat, fatty acids such as, for example, palmitic acid, stearic acid and/or linoleic acid, alcohols and/or polyalcohols such as, for example, glycerol, methanol and/or ethanol and/or organic acids such as, for example, acetic acid and/or lactic acid. Nitrogen sources are usually organic or inorganic nitrogen compounds or materials, which contain these compounds. Examples of nitrogen sources include ammonia in liquid or gaseous form or ammonium salts such as ammonium sulfate, ammonium chloride, ammonium phosphate, ammonium carbonate or ammonium nitrate, nitrates, urea, amino acids or complex nitrogen sources such as corn steep liquor, soybean meal, soybean protein, yeast extract, meat extract and others. The nitrogen sources may be used singly or as a mixture. Inorganic salt compounds, which may be present in the media include the chloride, phosphorus or sulfate salts of calcium, magnesium, sodium, cobalt, molybdenum, potassium, manganese, zinc, copper and iron. For pre¬ paring sulfur-containing fine chemicals, in particular amino acids, e.g. methionine, it is possible to use as sulfur source inorganic sulfur-containing compounds such as, for example, sulfates, sulfites, dithionites, tetrathionates, thiosulfates, sulfides or else or¬ ganic sulfur compounds such as mercaptans and thiols. It is possible to use as phos¬ phorus source phosphoric acid, potassium dihydrogenphosphate or dipotassium hy- drogenphosphate or the corresponding sodium-containing salts. Chelating agents can be added to the medium in order to keep the metal ions in solution. Particularly suitable chelating agents include dihydroxyphenols such as catechol or protocatechuate, or organic acids such as citric acid. The fermentation media employed according to the invention for cultivating microorganisms normally also contain other growth factors such as vitamins or growth promoters, which include, for example, biotin, riboflavin, thiamine, folic acid, nicotinic acid, pantothenate and pyridoxine. Growth factors and salts are often derived from complex media components such as yeast extract, molas¬ ses, corn steep liquor and the like. Suitable precursors can moreover be added to the culture medium. The exact composition of the media compounds depends greatly on the particular experiment and is chosen individually for each specific case. Information about media optimization is obtainable from the textbook "Applied Microbiol. Physiol¬ ogy, A Practical Approach" (editors P.M. Rhodes, P.F. Stanbury, IRL Press (1997) pp. 53-73, ISBN 0 19 963577 3). Growth media can also be purchased from commercial suppliers such as Standard 1 (Merck) or BHI (Brain heart infusion, DIFCO) and the like. All media components are sterilized either by heat (1.5 bar and 1210C for 20 min) or by sterilizing filtration. The components can be sterilized either together or, if necessary, separately. All media components can be present at the start of the cultivation or op¬ tionally be added continuously or batchwise. The temperature of the culture is normally between 15°C and 45°C, preferably at 250C to 400C, and can be kept constant or changed during the experiment. The pH of the medium should be in the range from 5 to 8.5, preferably around 7. The pH for the cultivation can be controlled during the cultiva¬ tion by adding basic compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, am¬ monia or aqueous ammonia or acidic compounds such as phosphoric acid or sulfuric acid. Foaming can be controlled by employing antifoams such as, for example, fatty acid polyglycol esters. The stability of plasmids can be maintained by adding to the medium suitable substances having a selective effect, for example antibiotics. Aerobic conditions are maintained by introducing oxygen or oxygen-containing gas mixtures such as, for example, ambient air into the culture. The temperature of the culture is 005/007935

82 normally from 2O0C to 450C and preferably from 25°C to 4O0C. The culture is continued until formation of the desired product is at a maximum. This aim is normally achieved within 10 hours to 160 hours. The fermentation broths obtained in this way, containing in particular fine chemicals, normally have a dry matter content of from 7.5 to 25% by weight. Sugar-limited fermentation is additionally advantageous, at least at the end, but especially over at least 30% of the fermentation time. This means that the concentra¬ tion of utilizable sugar in the fermentation medium is kept at, or reduced to, > 0 to 3 g/l during this time. The fermentation broth is then processed further. Depending on re¬ quirements, the biomass can be removed entirely or partly by separation methods, such as, for example, centrifugation, filtration, decantation or a combination of these methods, from the fermentation broth or left completely in it. The fermentation broth can then be thickened or concentrated by known methods, such as, for example, with the aid of a rotary evaporator, thin-film evaporator, falling film evaporator, by reverse osmosis or by nanofiltration. This concentrated fermentation broth can then be worked up by freeze-drying, spray drying, spray granulation or by other methodes.

However, it is also possible to purify the fine chemicals produced further. For this pur¬ pose, the product-containing composition is subjected to a chromatography on a suit¬ able resin, in which case the desired product or the impurities are retained wholly or partly on the chromatography resin. These chromatography steps can be repeated if necessary, using the same or different chromatography resins. The skilled worker is familiar with the choice of suitable chromatography resins and their most effective use. The purified product can be concentrated by filtration or ultrafiltration and stored at a temperature at which the stability of the product is a maximum.

The identity and purity of the isolated compound(s) can be determined by prior art techniques. These include high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), spectro¬ scopic methods, mass spectrometry (MS), staining methods, thin-layer chromatogra¬ phy, NIRS, enzyme assay or microbiological assays. These analytical methods are summarized in: Patek et al. (1994) Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60:133-140; Malakhova et al. (1996) Biotekhnologiya 11 27-32; and Schmidt et al. (1998) Bioprocess Engineer. 19:67-70. Ulmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry (1996) Vol. A27, VCH: Wein- heim, pp. 89-90, pp. 521-540, pp. 540-547, pp. 559-566, 575-581 and pp. 581-587; Michal, G (1999) Biochemical Pathways: An Atlas of Biochemistry and Molecular Biol- ogy, John Wiley and Sons; Fallon, A. et al. (1987) Applications of HPLC in Biochemis¬ try in: Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Vol. 17.

In yet another aspect, the invention also relates to harvestable parts and to propagation material of the transgenic plants according to the invention which either contain trans- genie plant cells expressing a nucleic acid molecule according to the invention or which contains cells which show an increased cellular activity of the polypeptide of the inven¬ tion, e.g. an increased expression level or higher activity of the described protein. Harvestable parts can be in principle any useful parts of a plant, for example, flowers, pollen, seedlings, tubers, leaves, stems, fruit, seeds, roots etc. Propagation material includes, for example, seeds, fruits, cuttings, seedlings, tubers, rootstocks etc.

The invention furthermore relates to the use of the transgenic organisms according to the invention and of the cells, cell cultures, parts - such as, for example, roots, leaves and the like as mentioned above in the case of transgenic plant organisms - derived from them, and to transgenic propagation material such as seeds or fruits and the like as mentioned above, for the production of foodstuffs or feeding stuffs, pharmaceuticals or fine chemicals.

Accordingly in another embodiment, the present invention relates to the use of the polynucleotide, the organism, e.g. the microorganism, the plant, plant cell or plant tis- sue, the vector, or the polypeptide of the present invention for making fatty acids, caro- tenoids, isoprenoids, vitamins, lipids, wax esters, polysaccharides and/or polyhy- droxyalkanoates, and/or its metabolism products, in particular, steroid hormones, cho¬ lesterol, prostaglandin, triacylglycerols, bile acids and/or ketone bodies producing cells, tissues and/or plants. There are a number of mechanisms by which the yield, produc- tion, and/or efficiency of production of fatty acids, carotenoids, isoprenoids, vitamins, wax esters, lipids, polysaccharides and/or polyhydroxyalkanoates, and/or its metabo¬ lism products, in particular, steroid hormones, cholesterol, triacylglycerols, pros¬ taglandin, bile acids and/or ketone bodies or further of above defined fine chemicals incorporating such an altered protein can be affected. In the case of plants, by e.g. in- creasing the expression of acetyl-CoA which is the basis for many products, e.g., fatty acids, carotenoids, isoprenoids, vitamines, lipids, polysaccharides, wax esters, and/or polyhydroxyalkanoates, and/or its metabolism products, in particular, prostaglandin, steroid hormones, cholesterol, triacylglycerols, bile acids and/or ketone bodies in a cell, it may be possible to increase the amount of the produced said compounds thus per- mitting greater ease of harvesting and purification or in case of plants more efficient partitioning. Further, one or more of said metabolism products, increased amounts of the cofactors, precursor molecules, and intermediate compounds for the appropriate biosynthetic pathways maybe required. Therefore, by increasing the number and/or activity of transporter proteins involved in the import of nutrients, such as carbon sources (i.e., sugars), nitrogen sources (i.e., amino acids, ammonium salts), phos¬ phate, and sulfur, it may be possible to improve the production of acetyl CoA and its metabolism products as mentioned above, due to the removal of any nutrient supply limitations on the biosynthetic process. In particular, it may be possible to increase the yield, production, and/or efficiency of production of said compounds, e.g. fatty acids, carotenoids, isoprenoids, vitamins, was esters, lipids, polysaccharides, and/or polyhy¬ droxyalkanoates, and/or its metabolism products, in particular, steroid hormones, cho- lesterol, prostaglandin, triacylglycerols, bile acids and/or ketone bodies molecules etc. in plants.

Furthermore preferred is a method for the recombinant production of pharmaceuticals or fine chemicals in host organisms, wherein a host organism is transformed with one of the above-described expression constructs comprising one or more structural genes which encode the desired fine chemical or catalyze the biosynthesis of the desired fine chemical, the transformed host organism is cultured, and the desired fine chemical is isolated from the culture medium. This method can be applied widely to fine chemicals such as enzymes, vitamins, amino acids, sugars, fatty acids, and natural and synthetic flavorings, aroma substances and colorants or compositions comprising these. Espe¬ cially preferred is the additional production of amino acids, tocopherols and tocotrienols and carotenoids or compositions comprising said compounds. The transformed host organisms are cultured and the products are recovered from the host organisms or the culture medium by methods known to the skilled worker or the organism itself servers as food or feed supplement. The production of pharmaceuticals such as, for example, antibodies or vaccines, is described by Hood EE, Jilka JM. Curr Opin Biotechnol. 1999 Aug; 10(4):382-6; Ma JK, Vine ND. Curr Top Microbiol Immunol. 1999; 236:275-92.

In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for the identification of a gene product conferring an increase in growth or yield in an organism, comprising the following steps:

a) contacting e.g. hybridising, the nucleic acid molecules of a sample, e.g. cells, tissues, plants or microorganisms or a nucleic acid library , which can contain a candidate gene encoding a gene product conferring an in yield or growth as de¬ scribed above after expression, with the polynucleotide of the present invention; b) identifying the nucleic acid molecules, which hybridize under relaxed stringent conditions with the polynucleotide of the present invention and, optionally, isolat- ing the full length cDNA clone or complete genomic clone; c) introducing the candidate nucleic acid molecules in host cells, preferably in a plant cell or a microorganism; d) expressing the identified nucleic acid molecules in the host cells; e) deriving, a transgenic organism and assaying the growth rate or yield in the host cells; and f) identifying the nucleic acid molecule and its gene product which expression con¬ fers an increase after expression compared to the wild type.

Relaxed hybridisation conditions are: After standard hybridisation procedures washing steps can be performed at low to medium stringency conditions usually with washing conditions of 40°-55°C and salt conditions between 2xSSC and 0,2x SSC with 0,1% SDS in comparison to stringent washing conditions as e.g. 60°-68°C with O1IxSSC and 0,1% SDS. Further examples can be found in the references listed above for the strin- gend hybridization conditions. Usually washing steps are repeated with increasing stringency and length until a useful signal to noise ratio is detected and depend on many factors as the target, e.g. its purity, GC-content, size etc, the probe, e.g. its length, is it a RNA or a DNA probe, salt conditions, washing or hybridisation tempera¬ ture, washing or hybridisation time etc.

In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for the identification of a gene product conferring an increase in yield or growth in an organism, comprising the following steps:

a) identifiying nucleic acid molecules of an organism; which can contain a candidate gene encoding a gene product conferring an increase in growth rate and/or yield after expression, which are at least 20%, preferably 25%, more preferably 30%, even more preferred are 35%. 40% or 50%, even more preferred are 60%, 70% or 80%, most preferred are 90% or 95% or more homology to the nucleic acid molecule of the present invention, for example via homology search in a data bank; b) introducing the candidate nucleic acid molecules in host cells, preferably in a plant cells or microorganisms, appropriate for producing feed or food stuff or fine chemicals; c) expressing the identified nucleic acid molecules in the host cells; d) deriving the organism and assaying the yield or growth of the organism; e) and identifying the nucleic acid molecule and its gene product which expression confers an increase in the yield or growth of the host cell after expression com¬ pared to the wild type.

The nucleic acid molecules identified can then be used in the same way as the polynu¬ cleotide of the present invention.

Furthermore, in one embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for the identification of a compound stimulating growth or yield to said plant comprising:

a) contacting cells which express the polypeptide of the present invention or its mRNA with a candidate compound under cell cultivation conditions; b) assaying an increase in expression of said polypeptide or said mRNA; c) comparing the expression level to a standard response made in the absence of said candidate compound; whereby, an increased expression over the standard indicates that the compound is stimulating yield or growth.

Furthermore, in one embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for the screening for agonists of the activity of the polypeptide of the present invention: a) contacting cells, tissues , plants or microorganisms which express the polypep¬ tide according to the invention with a candidate compound or a sample compris¬ ing a plurality of compounds under conditions which permit the expression the polypeptide of the present invention; b) assaying the growth, yield or the polypeptide expression level in the cell, tissue, plant or microorganism or the media the cell, tissue, plant or microorganisms is cultured or maintained in; and c) identifying an agonist or antagonist by comparing the measured growth or yield or polypeptide expression level with a standard growth, yield or polypeptide ex¬ pression level measured in the absence of said candidate compound or a sample comprising said plurality of compounds, whereby an increased level over the standard indicates that the compound or the sample comprising said plurality of compounds is an agonist and a decreased level over the standard indicates that the compound or the sample comprising said plurality of compounds is an an¬ tagonist.

Furthermore, in one embodiment, the present invention relates to process for the iden¬ tification of a compound conferring increased growth and/or yield production in a plant or microorganism, comprising the steps:

a) culturing a cell or tissue or microorganism or maintaining a plant expressing the polypeptide according to the invention or a nucleic acid molecule encoding said polypeptide and a readout system capable of interacting with the polypeptide un- der suitable conditions which permit the interaction of the polypeptide with said readout system in the presence of a compound or a sample comprising a plural¬ ity of compounds and capable of providing a detectable signal in response to the binding of a compound to said polypeptide under conditions which permit the ex¬ pression of said readout system and the polypeptide of the present invention; and b) identifying if the compound is an effective agonist by detecting the presence or absence or increase of a signal produced by said readout system.

Said compound may be chemically synthesized or microbiologically produced and/or comprised in, for example, samples, e.g., cell extracts from, e.g., plants, animals or microorganisms, e.g. pathogens. Furthermore, said compound(s) may be known in the art but hitherto not known to be capable of suppressing or activating the polypeptide of the present invention. The reaction mixture may be a cell free extract or may comprise a cell or tissue culture. Suitable set ups for the method of the invention are known to the person skilled in the art and are, for example, generally described in Alberts et al., Molecular Biology of the Cell, third edition (1994), in particular Chapter 17. The com- pounds may be, e.g., added to the reaction mixture, culture medium, injected into the cell or sprayed onto the plant.

If a sample containing a compound is identified in the method of the invention, then it is either possible to isolate the compound from the original sample identified as contain¬ ing the compound capable of activating or increasing, or one can further subdivide the original sample, for example, if it consists of a plurality of different compounds, so as to reduce the number of different substances per sample and repeat the method with the subdivisions of the original sample. Depending on the complexity of the samples, the steps described above can be performed several times, preferably until the sample identified according to the method of the invention only comprises a limited number of or only one substance(s). Preferably said sample comprises substances of similar chemical and/or physical properties, and most preferably said substances are identical. Preferably, the compound identified according to the above described method or its derivative is further formulated in a form suitable for the application in plant breeding or plant cell and tissue culture.

The compounds which can be tested and identified according to a method of the inven¬ tion may be expression libraries, e.g., cDNA expression libraries, peptides, proteins, nucleic acids, antibodies, small organic compounds, hormones, peptidomimetics, PNAs or the like (Miiner, Nature Medicine 1 (1995), 879-880; Hupp, Cell 83 (1995), 237-245; Gibbs, Cell 79 (1994), 193-198 and references cited supra). Said compounds can also be functional derivatives or analogues of known inhibitors or activators. Methods for the preparation of chemical derivatives and analogues are well known to those skilled in the art and are described in, for example, Beilstein, Handbook of Organic Chemistry, Springer edition New York Inc., 175 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10010 U.S.A. and Organic Synthesis, Wiley, New York, USA. Furthermore, said derivatives and ana¬ logues can be tested for their effects according to methods known in the art. Further¬ more, peptidomimetics and/or computer aided design of appropriate derivatives and analogues can be used, for example, according to the methods described above. The cell or tissue that may be employed in the method of the invention preferably is a host cell, plant cell or plant tissue of the invention described in the embodiments hereinbe¬ fore.

Thus, in a further embodiment the invention relates to a compound obtained or identi¬ fied according to the method for identifying an agonist of the invention said compound being an agonist of the polypeptide of the present invention.

Accordingly, in one embodiment, the present invention further relates to a compound identified by the method for identifying a compound of the present invention. Said compound is, for example, a homologous of the polypeptide of the present inven¬ tion. Homologues of the polypeptid of the present invention can be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation or truncation of the polypeptide of the pre¬ sent invenion. As used herein, the term "homologue" refers to a variant form of the pro- tein, which acts as an agonist of the activity of the polypeptide of the present invention. An agonist of said protein can retain substantially the same, or a subset, of the biologi¬ cal activities of the polypeptide of the present invention. In particular, said agonist con¬ fers the increase of the expression level of the polypeptide of the present invention and/or the expression of said agonist in an organisms or part thereof confers the in- crease in growth and/or yield.

In one embodiment, the invention relates to an antibody specifically recognizing the compound or agonist of the present invention.

The invention also relates to a diagnostic composition comprising at least one of the aforementioned polynucleotide, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, proteins, antibodies or compounds of the invention and optionally suitable means for detection.

The diagnostic composition of the present invention is suitable for the isolation of mRNA from a cell and contacting the mRNA so obtained with a probe comprising a nucleic acid probe as described above under hybridizing conditions, detecting the pres¬ ence of mRNA hybridized to the probe, and thereby detecting the expression of the protein in the cell. Further methods of detecting the presence of a protein according to the present invention comprise immunotechniques well known in the art, for example enzyme linked immunosorbent assay.

Furthermore, it is useful to use the nucleic acid molecules according to the invention as molecular markers or primer in association mapping or plant breeding expecially marker assisted breeding. In a preferred embodiment the nucleic acid molecules ac- cording to the invention can be used in association mapping or plant breeding espe¬ cially marker assisted breeding for traits directly or indirectly related to plant growth or yield. For example the nucleic acid of the invention might colocalize with a quantitative trait locus for growth and yield. In this case the cosegregation of different variants of the nucleic acid of the invention with differences in growth or yield might allow ad- vanced breeding for these traits by testing the offspring of crosses for the presence or absence of favourable or unfavourable variants of the nucleic acid of the invention. Suitable means for detection are well known to a person skilled in the arm, e.g. buffers and solutions for hydridization assays, e.g. the aforementioned solutions and buffers, further and means for Southern-, Western-, Northern- etc. -blots, as e.g. described in Sambrook et al. are known. In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a kit comprising the nucleic acid molecule, the vector, the host cell, the polypeptide, the antisense nucleic acid, the antibody, plant cell, the plant or plant tissue, the harvestable part, the propagation ma¬ terial and/or the compound or agonist identified according to the method of the inven- tion.

The compounds of the kit of the present invention may be packaged in containers such as vials, optionally with/in buffers and/or solution. If appropriate, one or more of said components might be packaged in one and the same container. Additionally or alterna- tively, one or more of said components might be adsorbed to a solid support as, e.g. a nitrocellulose filter, a glas plate, a chip, or a nylon membrane or to the well of a micro titerplate. The kit can be used for any of the herein described methods and embodi¬ ments, e.g. for the production of the host cells, transgenic plants, pharmaceutical com¬ positions, detection of homologous sequences, identification of antagonists or agonists, as food or feed or as a supplement thereof, as supplement for the treating of plants, etc.

Further, the kit can comprise instructions for the use of the kit for any of said embodi¬ ments, in particular for the use for producing organisms or part thereof.

In one embodiment said kit comprises further a nucleic acid molecule encoding one or more of the aforementioned protein, and/or an antibody, a vector, a host cell, an an¬ tisense nucleic acid, a plant cell or plant tissue or a plant.

In a further embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for the production of a agricultural composition providing the nucleic acid molecule, the vector or the polypeptide of the invention or comprising the steps of the method according to the invention for the identification of said compound, agonist or antagonist; and formulating the nucleic acid molecule, the vector or the polypeptide of the invention or the agonist, or compound identified according to the methods or processes of the present invention or with use of the subject matters of the present invention in a form applicable as plant agricultural composition.

In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for the production of an agricultural composition conferring increased growth or yield of a plant comprising the steps of the method for of the present invention; and formulating the compound identified in a form acceptable as agricultural composition.

Under "acceptable as agricultural composition" is understood, that such a composition is in agreement with the laws regulating the content of fungicides, plant nutrients, her- bizides, etc. Preferably such a composition is without any harm for the protected plants and the animals (humans included) fed therewith. The present invention also pertains to several embodiments relating to further uses and methods. The polynucleotide, polypeptide, protein homologues, fusion proteins, prim¬ ers, vectors, host cells, described herein can be used in one or more of the following methods: identification of plants useful pro amino acid production as mentioned and related organisms; mapping of genomes; identification and localization of sequences of interest; evolutionary studies; determination of regions required for function; modulation of an activity.

Advantageously, inhibitor of the polypeptide of the present invention, identified in an analogous way to the identification of agonist, can be used as herbicides. The inhibition of the polypeptide of the present invention can reduce the growth of plants. For exam¬ ple, the application of the inhibitor on a field is inhibiting the growth of plants not de¬ sired if useful plants which are over-expressing the polypeptide of the invention can survive.

Accordingly, the polynucleotides of the present invention have a variety of uses. First, they may be used to identify an organism or a close relative thereof. Also, they may be used to identify the presence thereof or a relative thereof in a mixed population of mi- croorganisms or plants. By probing the extracted genomic DNA of a culture of a unique or mixed population of plants under stringent conditions with a probe spanning a region of the gene of the present invention which is unique to this, one can ascertain whether a unique organism is present in a mixed population.

Further, the polynucleotide of the invention may be sufficiently homologous to the se¬ quences of related species such that these nucleic acid molecules may serve as mark¬ ers for the construction of a genomic map in related organisms.

The polynucleotide of the invention are also useful for evolutionary and protein struc- tural studies. By comparing the sequences of to those encoding similar enzymes from other organisms, the evolutionary relatedness of the organisms can be assessed. Simi¬ larly, such a comparison permits an assessment of which regions of the sequence are conserved and which are not, which may aid in determining those regions of the protein which are essential for the functioning of the enzyme. This type of determination is of value for protein engineering studies and may give an indication of what the protein can tolerate in terms of mutagenesis without losing function.

Further, the polynucleotide of the invention, the polypeptide of the invention, the nucleic acid construct of the invention, the organisms, the host cell, the microorgansims, the plant, plant tissue, plant cell, or the part thereof of the invention, the vector of the inven¬ tion, the antagonist or the agonist identified with the method of the invention, the anti¬ body of the presen invention, the antisense molecule of the present invention or the nucleic acid molecule identified with the method of the present invention, can be used for the preparation of an agricultural composition.

Furthermore, the polynucleotide of the invention, the polypeptide of the invention, the nucleic acid construct of the invention, the organisms, the host cell, the microorgan- sims, the plant, plant tissue, plant cell, or the part thereof of the invention, the vector of the invention, antagonist or the agonist identified with the method of the invention, the antibody of the presen invention, the antisense or RNAi molecule of the present inven¬ tion or the nucleic acid molecule identified with the method of the present invention, can be used for the identification and production of compounds capapble of conferring a modulation of yield or growth levels in an organism or parts thereof, preferably to identify and produce compounds conferring an increase of growth and yield levels or rates in an organism or parts thereof, if said identified compound is applied to the or¬ ganism or part thereof, i.e. as part of its food, or in the growing or culture media.

These and other embodiments are disclosed and encompassed by the description and examples of the present invention. Further literature concerning any one of the meth¬ ods, uses and compounds to be employed in accordance with the present invention may be retrieved from public libraries, using for example electronic devices. For exam- pie the public database "Medline" may be utilized which is available on the Internet, for example under hftp://www.ncbi. nlm.nih.gov/PubMed/medline.html. Further data¬ bases and addresses, such as hftp://www.ncbi.nlm. nih.gov/, hftp://www.infobiogen. fr/, hftp://www.fmi.ch/biology/research-tools.html, hftp://www.tigr.org/, are known to the person skilled in the art and can also be obtained using, e.g., hftp://www.lycos.com. An overview of patent information in biotechnology and a survey of relevant sources of patent information useful for retrospective searching and for current awareness is given in Berks, TIBTECH 12 (1994), 352-364.

The contents of all references, patent applications, patents and published patent appli- cations cited in the present patent application are hereby incorporated by reference.

Examples:

Example 1 :

Amplification and cloning of the yeast ORFs YMR095C, YGL212W, YMR107W, YDL057W and YGL217C.

Unless stated otherwise, standard methods according to Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A laboratory manual, Cold Spring Harbor 1989, Cold Spring Harbor Labora¬ tory Press, are used. PCR amplification of ORFs YMR095C, YGL212W, YMR107W, YDL057 and YGL217C was carried out according to the protocol of Pfu Turbo DNA polymerase (Stratagene). The composition was as follows: 1x PCR buffer [20 mM Tris- HCI (pH 8.8), 2 mM MgSO4, 10 mM KCI, 10 mM (NH4)2SO4 , 0.1% Triton X-100, 0.1 mg/ml BSA], 0.2 mM d-thio-dNTP and dNTP (1:125), 100 ng of genomic DNA of Sac- charomyces cerevisiae (strain S288C; Research Genetics, Inc., now Invitrogen), 50 pmol of forward primer, 50 pmol of reverse primer, 2.5 u of Pfu Turbo DNA polymerase. The amplification cycles were as follows:

1 cycle of 3 min at 95°C, followed by 36 cycles of in each case 1 min at 95°C, 45 s at 5O0C and 210 s at 72°C, followed by 1 cycle of 8 min at 720C, then 4°C.

The following primer sequences were chosen for amplification of the Saccharomyces cerevisiae genes according to SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 and 136:

forward primer for YMR095C (SEQ ID NO: 96): 5'- atgcacaaaa cccacagtac aatgt -3'

reverse primer for YMR095C (SEQ ID NO: 97): 5'- ttaattagaa acaaactgtc tgataaac -3'

forward primer for YGL212W (SEQ ID NO: 122): 5'- atggcagcta attctgtagg gaaaa -3'

reverse primer for YGL212W (SEQ ID NO: 123): 5'- tcaagcactg ttgttaaaat gtctag -3'

forward primer for YM R107W (SEQ ID NO: 126): 5'- atgggtagtt tttgggacgc attc -3'

reverse primer for YMR107W (SEQ ID NO: 127): 5'- ttatctattt actttattgt cgggttc -3'

forward primer for YDL057W (SEQ ID NO: 130): 5'- atggaaaaaa aacatgtcac tgtgc -3'

reverse primer for YDL057W (SEQ ID NO: 131): 5'- ctatgtatct tgcaggtatt ccata -3'

forward primer for YGL217C (SEQ ID NO: 138): 5'- ATGAGCATTCTATCATCCACACAAT-3'

reverse primer for YGL217C (SEQ ID NO: 139): 5'- TTAACTACTTGAGTTTTCTTTCCAGC-3' The amplicons were subsequently purified via QIAquick columns according to a Stan¬ dard protocol (Qiagen).

Restriction of the vector DNA (30 ng) was carried out with EcoRI and Smal according to the Standard protocol, the EcoRI cleavage site was filled in according to the standard protocol (MBI-Fermentas) and the reaction was stopped by adding high-salt buffer. The cleaved vector fragments were purified via Nucleobond columns according to standard protocol (Machery-Nagel). A binary vector was used which contained a selection cas- sette (promoter, selection marker for example the bar gene or the AHAS gene, termina¬ tor) and an expression cassette comprising a constitutive promoter such as the super- promoter (ocs3mas) (Ni et al., The Plant Journal 1995, 7, 661-676), a cloning cassette and a terminator sequence between the T-DNA border sequences. Other than in the cloning cassette, the binary vector had no EcoRI and Smal cleavage sites. Binary vec- tors which may be used are known to the skilled worker, and a review on binary vectors and their use can be found in Hellens, R., Mullineaux, P. and Klee H., (2000) "A guide to Agrobacterium binary vectors", Trends in Plant Science, Vol. 5 NO 10, 446-451. Depending on the vector used, cloning may advantageously also be carried out using other restriction enzymes. Corresponding advantageous cleavage sites may be at- tached to the ORF by using corresponding primers for PCR amplification.

Approx. 30 ng of prepared vector and a defined amount of prepared amplicon were mixed and ligated by adding ligase.

The ligated vectors were transformed in the same reaction vessel by adding competent E. coli cells (DHδalpha strain) and incubating at 1°C for 20 min, followed by a heat shock at 420C for 90 s and cooling to 4°C. This was followed by addition of complete medium (SOC) and incubation at 370C for 45 min. The entire mixture was then plated out on an agar plate containing antibiotics (selected depending on the binary vector used) and incubated at 37°C overnight.

Successful cloning was checked by amplification with the aid of primers which bind upstream and downstream of the restriction cleavage site and thus make amplification of the insertion possible. The amplification was carried out according to the Taq DNA polymerase protocol (Gibco-BRL). The composition was as follows: 1x PCR buffer [20 mM Tris-HCL (pH 8.4), 1.5 mM MgCI2, 50 mM KCI, 0.2 mM dNTP, 5 pmol of forward primer, 5 pmol of reverse primer, 0.625 u of Taq DNA polymerase].

The amplification cycles were as follows: 1 cycle of 5 min at 94°C, followed by 35 cy¬ cles of in each case 15 s at 94°C, 15 s at 660C and 5 min at 720C, followed by 1 cycle of 10 min at 72°C, then 40C. Several colonies were checked further by restriction digests and sequencing and only one colony for which a PCR product of the expected size had been identified in the correct orientation was used further.

One aliquot of this positive colony was transferred to a reaction vessel filled with com¬ plete medium (LB) and incubated at 37°C overnight. The LB medium contained an an¬ tibiotic for selection of the clone, which was selected according to the binary vector used and the resistance gene contained therein.

Plasmid preparation was carried out according to the guidelines of the Qiaprep stan- dard protocol (Qiagen).

Example 2:

General plant transformation

Plant transformation via transfections with Agrobacterium and regeneration of the plants may be carried out according to standard methods, for example as described herein or in Gelvin, Stanton B.; Schilperoort, Robert A, "Plant Molecular Biology

Manual", 2nd Ed. - Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publ., 1995. - in Sect., Ringbuc Zen- trale Signatur: BT11-P ISBN 0-7923-2731-4; Glick, Bernard R.; Thompson, John E., "Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology", Boca Raton : CRC Press, 1993. - 360 S., ISBN 0-8493-5164-2.

Oil seed rape may be transformed by means of cotyledon transformation, for example according to Moloney et al., Plant cell Report 8 (1989), 238-242; De Block et al., Plant Physiol. 91 (1989, 694-701).

Soybeans may be transformed, for example, according to the methods described in EP 0424 047, US 5,322,783 or in EP 0397 687, US 5,376,543, US 5,169,770.

Alternatively, DNA uptake may be achieved and a plant may be transformed also by particle bombardment, polyethylene glycol mediation or via the "silicon carbide fiber" technique, rather than by Agrobacterium-mediated plant transformation, see, for exam¬ ple, Freeling and Walbot "The maize handbook" (1993) ISBN 3-540-97826-7, Springer Verlag New York.

Example 3:

Preparation of plants overexpressing ORFs YMR095C, YGL212W, YMR107W, YDL057W and YGL217C. The respective plasmid constructs were transformed by means of electroporation into the agrobacterial strain pGV3101 containing the pMP90 plasmid, and the colonies were plated out on TB medium (QBiogen, Germany) containing the selection markers kana- mycin, gentamycin and rifampicin and incubated at 28°C for 2 days. The antibiotics or selection agents are to be selected according to the plasmid used and to the compati¬ ble agrobacterial strain. A review on binary plasmids and agrobacteria strains can be found in Hellens, R., Mullineaux, P. and Klee H., (2000) "A guide to Agrobacterium bi¬ nary vectors", Trends in Plant Science, VoI 5 NO 10, 446-451.

A colony was picked from the agar plate with the aid of a toothpick and taken up in 3 ml of TB medium containing the abovementioned antibiotics.

The preculture grew in a shaker incubator at 280C and 120 rpm for 48 h. 400 ml of LB medium containing the appropriate antibiotics were used for the main culture. The pre¬ culture was transferred into the main culture which grew at 28°C and 120 rpm for 18 h. After centrifugation at 4000 rpm, the pellet was resuspended in infiltration medium (M & S medium with 10% sucrose). Dishes (Piki Saat 80, green, provided with a screen bot¬ tom, 30 x 20 x 4.5 cm, from Wiesauplast, Kunststofftechnik, Germany) were half-filled with a GS 90 substrate (standard soil, Werkverband E.V., Germany). The dishes were watered overnight with 0.05% Previcur solution (Previcur N, Aventis CropScience). Transformation of Arabidopsis was carried out following Bechtold N. and Pelletier G. (1998) In planta Agrobacterium-mediated transformation of adult Arabidopsis thaliana plants by vacuum infiltration. Methods in Molecular Biology. 82:259-66 and Clough and Bent Clough, JC and Bent, AF. 1998 Floral dip: a simplified method for Agrobacterium- mediated transformation of Arabidopsis thaliana, Plant J. 16:735-743.

Arabidopsis thaliana, C24 seeds (Nottingham Arabidopsis Stock Centre, UK; NASC Stock N906) were scattered over the dish, approx. 1000 seeds per dish. The dishes were covered with a hood and placed in the stratification facility (8 h 110 μE, 50C; 16 h dark 6°C). After 5 days, the dishes were placed into the short-day phytotron (8 h 130 μE, 22°C; 16 H dark 200C), where they remained for 10 days, until the first true leaves had formed. The seedlings are transferred into pots containing the same sub¬ strate (Teku pots, 10 cm 0, LC series, manufactured by Pδppelmann GmbH&Co, Germany). Nine plants were pricked out into each pot. The pots were then returned into the short-day phytotron for the plants to continue growing. After 10 days, the plants were transferred into a greenhouse cabinet, 16 h 340 μE 22°C and 8 h dark 200C, where they grew for a further 10 days.

Seven-week-old Arabidopsis plants which had just started flowering were immersed for 10 sec into the above-described agrobacterial suspension which had previously been treated with 10 μl of Silwett L77 (Crompton S.A., Osi Specialties, Switzerland). The method is described in Bechtold N. and Pelletier G. (1998). The plants were subse¬ quently placed into a humid chamber for 18 h and the pots were subsequently returned to the greenhouse for the plants to continue growing. The plants remained there for another 10 weeks until the seeds were harvested.

Depending on the resistance marker used for selecting the transformed plants, the har¬ vested seeds were sown in a greenhouse and subjected to spray selection or else, after sterilization, cultivated on agar plates with the appropriate selecting agent. In case of BASTA®-resistance, plantlets were sprayed four times at an interval of 2 to 3 days with 0.02 % BASTA®. After approx. 10-14 days, the transformed resistant plants dif¬ fered distinctly from the dead wild-type seedlings and could be pricked out into 6-cm pots. Transformed plants were allowed to set seeds. The seeds of the transgenic A thaliana plants were stored in a freezer (at -20°C).

Example 4

Analysis of lines overexpressing SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 by determination of fresh weight

A line overexpressing SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 RNA was selected. For this purpose, total RNA was extracted from three-week-old Arabidopsis plants transgenic for SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124 or 128. For hybridization, 20 μg of RNA were electropho- retically fractionated, blotted to Hybond N membrane (Amersham Biosciences Europe GmbH, Freiburg, Germany) according to the manufacturer's instructions and hybridized with an YMR095C, YGL212W, YMR107W, YDL057 or YGL217C, -specific probe. Rothi-Hybri-Quick buffer (Roth, Karlsruhe, Germany) was used for hybridization and the probe was labeled using the Rediprime Il DNA Labeling System (Amersham Bio¬ sciences Europe GmbH Freiburg, Germany) according to the manufacturer's instruc¬ tions. The DNA fragment for these probes were prepared by means of a standard PCR of Arabidopsis genomic DNA and the primers:

5'- atgcacaaaa cccacagtac aatgt -3'(SEQ ID NO: 96) and 5'- ttaattagaa acaaactgtc tgataaac -3'(SEQ ID NO: 97),

5'- atggcagcta attctgtagg gaaaa -3'(SEQ ID NO: 122) and

5'- tcaagcactg ttgttaaaat gtctag -3'(SEQ ID NO: 123),

5'- atgggtagtt tttgggacgc attc -3'(SEQ ID NO: 126) and 5'- ttatctattt actttattgt cgggttc -3'(SEQ ID NO: 127),

5'- atggaaaaaa aacatgtcac tgtgc -3'(SEQ ID NO: 130) and 5'- ctatgtatct tgcaggtatt ccata -3'(SEQ ID NO: 131) or

5'- ATGAGCATTCTATCATCCACACAAT-S' (SEQ ID NO: 138) and δ'- TTAACTACTTGAGTTTTCTTTCCAGC-SXSEQ ID NO: 139): respectively.

For analysis, the plants were cultivated in a phytotron from Swalof Weibull (Sweden) under the following conditions. After stratification, the test plants were cultured in a 16 h light/8 h dark rhythm at 200C, a humidity of 60% and a CO2 concentration of 400 ppm for 22-23 days. The light sources used were Powerstar HQI-T 250 W/D Daylight lamps from Osram, which generate light of a color spectrum similar to that of the sun with a light intensity of 220 μE/m2/s'1.

On days 24 after sowing, which correspond to approximately day 17 after germination, in each case approximately 40 individual plants of both the wild type (WT) and the YMR095C, YGL212W, YMR107W, YDL057W and YGL217C-overexpressing line, (lines 3318, 5194, 3325, 4803 and 9001 respectively) were studied. The fresh weight of aboveground parts of transgenic lines and wildtype (WT) Arabidopsis plants was de¬ termined immediately thereafter, using a precision balance. The differences between the results for the wild-type plants and the heaviest transgenic line were tested for sig¬ nificance by means of a T test for each line.

The result is depicted in table 1.

Figure imgf000100_0001

Table 1 : Overview over the increase of biomass of transgenic Arabidopsis plants over- expressing five different yeast genes in comparison to the MC24 wild type. The bio- mass analysis was performed in different experiments (1.1 or 1.2) and then confirmed in confirmation loops (1 or 2).

Literature:

Gibson, (1996) A novel method for real time quantitative RT-PCR. Genome Res. 6, 995-1001

Lie, (1998) Advances in quantitative PCR technology: 5'nuclease assays Example 5

Overexpression of SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 in tobacco and canola

For transformation of canola (Brassica napus), cotyledonary petioles and hypocotyls of seedlings at an age of from 5 to 6 days were used as explants for the tissue culture and transformed as described, inter alia, in Babic et al. (1998, Plant Cell Rep 17: 183- 188). The commercial variety Westar is the standard variety for transformation but other varieties may also be utilized. The sequence encoding the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity is cloned into the expression cassette of a binary vector con¬ taining a selection cassette according to molecular standard methods. Exemplary clon¬ ings are described elsewhere in the examples and are known to the skilled worker. The agrobacterial strain Agrobacterium tumefaciens LBA4404 containing, which is transformed with the binary vector, is used for transformation. A multiplicity of binary vectors for plant transformation have already been described (inter alia, An, G. in Agrobacterium Protocols. Methods in Molecular Biology vol. 44, pp. 47-62, Gartland KMA and Davey MR eds. Humana Press, Totowa, New Jersey). Many binary vectors derive from the binary vector pBIN19 which has been described by Bevan (Nucleic Acid Research. 1984. 12:8711-8721) and which comprises an expression cassette for plants which is flanked by the left and right border of the Agrobacterium tumefaciens Ti plasmid. A plant expression cassette comprises at least two components, a selection marker gene and a suitable promoter capable of regulating the transcription of cDNA or genomic DNA in plant cells in the desired manner. A multiplicity of selection marker genes such as antibiotic resistance or herbicide resistance genes may be used, such as, for example, a mutated Arabidopsis gene which encodes a mutated herbicide- resistant AHAS enzyme (US 5,767,366 and US 6,225,105). Similarly, it is also possible to use different promoters for expressing the gene with SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity. For example, either a constitutive expression as is mediated by the 34S promoter (GenBank Accession NO: M59930 and X16673) or else seed-specific ex- pression may be desired.

Canola seeds are sterilized in 70% ethanol for two minutes and then in 30% chlorox containing a drop of Tween-20 for 10 minutes, followed by three washing steps in ster¬ ile water.

The seeds are incubated in vitro on semi-concentrated MS medium without hormones, containing 1% sucrose, 0.7% phytagar at 230C and in a 16/8 h day/night rhythm for 5 days for germination. The cotyledonary petiole explants were separated together with the cotyledons from seedlings and inoculated with the agrobacteria by dipping the site of the cutting into the bacterial suspension. The explants were then incubated on

MSBAP-3 medium containing 3 mg/l BAP, 3% sucrose and 0.7% phytagar at 230C and 16 h of light for two days. After two days of cocultivation with the agrobacteria, the ex- plants are transferred to MSBAP-3 medium containing 3 mg/l BAP, cefotaxime, carbe- nicillin or timentin (300 mg/l) for 7 days and then to MSBAP-3 medium containing cefo¬ taxime, carbenicillin or timentin and selecting agent until shoot regeneration. When the shoots are 5 - 10 mm in length, they are cut off and transferred to "shoot elongation medium" (MSBAP-0.5, containing 0.5 mg/l BAP). Shoots of approx. 2 cm in length are then transferred to root medium (MSO) for induction of roots.

Material of primary transgenic plants is studied by means of PCR in order to verify in¬ corporation of the T-DNA into the genome. Positive results are then confirmed by means of Southern blot analysis.

Confirmed transgenic plants are then tested for faster growth and higher yield.

Sterile culture of tobacco plants

Tobacco plants cultivated under aseptic conditions are propagated in vitro by placing stem pieces of approx. 1-2 cm in length and with, in each case, one intemodium on sterile medium. (Murashige and Skoog medium containing 2% sucrose and 0.7% agar- agar)(Murashige, T. and Skoog, F. (1962) Physiol. Plant. 15:473-497). The plants grow at 23°C, 200 μE and with a 16 h/8 h light/dark rhythm.

After about 5-6 weeks of growth, leaves of said plants are cut into approx. 1 cm2 pieces under sterile conditions.

Bacterial culture

An agrobacterial colony transformed with the construct for expressing an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity is picked from an agar plate with the aid of a sterile plastic tip which is then transferred into approx. 20 ml of liquid YEB medium (Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A laboratory manual, Cold Spring Harbor 1989, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press) containing the relevant antibiotics. The volume of said YEB medium is chosen as a function of the number of transformants. Normally, 20 ml of bacterial culture are sufficient in order to produce approx. 80 transgenic tobacco plants. The bacterial culture is grown on a shaker at 200 rpm and 28°C for 1 day. On the following day, the bacterial culture is removed by centrifugation at 4000 rpm and taken up in liquid Murashige and Skoog medium.

Transformation

The leaf pieces are briefly dipped into the bacterial suspension and cultured on Mura¬ shige and Skoog medium (2% sucrose and 0.7% agar-agar) in the dark for 2 days. The explants are transferred to MS medium containing antibiotics and corresponding hor- mones, as described in the method of Rocha-Sosa (Rocha-Sosa, M., Sonnewald, U., Frommer, W., Stratmann, M., Schell, J. and Willmitzer, L. 1998, EMBO J. 8: 23-29).

Transgenic lines can then be analyzed for expression of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 transgene by means of Northern blot analysis. It is then possible to deter¬ mine the increase in fresh weight and in the yield of seeds of selected lines in compari¬ son with the wild type.

Example 6

Design and expression of a synthetic transcription factor binding close to the endoge¬ nous SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 homolog and activating the transcription thereof.

The endogenous ORF for SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 or a homologous ORF in other plant species may also be activated by introducing a synthetic specific activa¬ tor. For this purpose, a gene for a chimeric zinc finger protein which binds to a specific region in the regulatory region of the SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 ORF or of its homologs in other plants is constructed. The artificial zinc finger protein comprises a specific DNA-binding domain and an activation domain such as, for example, the Her¬ pes simplex virus VP16 domain. Expression of this chimeric activator in plants then results in specific expression of the target gene, here, for example, SEQ ID NO. 118, the Arabidopsis homolog of YGL212w, or SEQ ID 102 a maize homolog for SEQ ID 1 (YMR095C) or of other homologs of SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136in other plant species. The experimental details may be carried out as described in WO 01/52620 or Ordiz Ml, (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 2002, Vol. 99, Issue 20, 13290) or Guan, (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 2002, Vol. 99, Issue 20, 13296).

Example 7

Identification of a line in which a strong promoter is integrated upstream of SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 homologs in plants and thus activates expression

It is furthermore possible for strong ectopic expression of the desired ORF to integrate a strong promoter upstream of said ORF. For this purpose, a population of transgenic Arabidopsis plants was generated into which a vector containing the bidirectional mas promoter (Velten, 1984, EMBO J, 3, 2723) at the left T-DNA border was integrated. Said promoter enabled, via its 2' promoter, transcription from the T-DNA via the left border into the adjacent genomic DNA. The genomic DNA was then isolated from the individual plants and pooled according to a specific plan. The method of this reverse screening for T-DNA integrations at a particular locus has been described in detail by Krysan et al.,(Krysan, 1999, The Plant Cell, Vo1 11, 2283) and references therein. Lines in which the T-DNA had integrated upstream of the plant homologs of SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 ORF were identified. Enhanced expression of the plant homologs of SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124 or 128 in these lines, compared to the wild type, were de¬ tected by means of Northern blot analysis.

Example 8

Identification of homologous genes in other plant species

Homologous sequences of other plants were identified by means of special database search tools such as, in particular, the BLAST algorithm (Basic Local Alignment Search Tool, Altschul, 1990, J. MoI. Biol., 215, 403 and Altschul, 1997, Nucl. Acid Res., 25, 3389). The blastn and blastp comparisons were carried out in the standard manner using the BLOSUM-62 scoring matrix (Henikoff, 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89, 10915). The NCBI GenBank database as well as three libraries of expressed sequence tags (ESTs) of Brassica napus cv. "AC Excel", "Quantum" and "Cresor" (canola) and Oryza sativa cv. Nippon-Barre (Japonica rice) were studied. The search identified amino acid sequences and their respective nucleic acid sequences from various organ- isms, which are homologous to SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 and 137.

Example 9

Engineering plants

Example 9a

Engineering ryegrass plants

Seeds of several different ryegrass varieties can be used as explant sources for trans¬ formation, including the commercial variety Gunne available from Svalof Weibull seed company or the variety Affinity. Seeds are surface-sterilized sequentially with 1% Tween-20 for 1 minute, 100% bleach for 60 minutes, 3 rinses with 5 minutes each with de-ionized and distilled H2O, and then germinated for 3-4 days on moist, sterile filter paper in the dark. Seedlings are further sterilized for 1 minute with 1 % Tween-20, 5 minutes with 75% bleach, and rinsed 3 times with ddH2O, 5 min each.

Surface-sterilized seeds are placed on the callus induction medium containing Mura- shige and Skoog basal salts and vitamins, 20 g/l sucrose, 150 mg/l asparagine, 500 mg/l casein hydrolysate, 3 g/l Phytagel, 10 mg/l BAP, and 5 mg/l dicamba. Plates are incubated in the dark at 25°C for 4 weeks for seed germination and embryogenic callus induction.

After 4 weeks on the callus induction medium, the shoots and roots of the seedlings are trimmed away, the callus is transferred to fresh media, is maintained in culture for another 4 weeks, and is then transferred to MSO medium in light for 2 weeks. Several pieces of callus (11-17 weeks old) are either strained through a 10 mesh sieve and put onto callus induction medium, or are cultured in 100 ml of liquid ryegrass callus induc¬ tion media (same medium as for callus induction with agar) in a 250 ml flask. The flask is wrapped in foil and shaken at 175 rpm in the dark at 23°C for 1 week. Sieving the liquid culture with a 40-mesh sieve is collected the cells. The fraction collected on the sieve is plated and is cultured on solid ryegrass callus induction medium for 1 week in the dark at 250C. The callus is then transferred to and is cultured on MS medium con¬ taining 1% sucrose for 2 weeks.

Transformation can be accomplished with either Agrobacterium or with particle bom¬ bardment methods. An expression vector is created containing a constitutive plant promoter and the cDNA of the gene in a pUC vector. The plasmid DNA is prepared from E. coli cells using with Qiagen kit according to manufacturer's instruction. Ap- proximately 2 g of embryogenic callus is spread in the center of a sterile filter paper in a Petri dish. An aliquot of liquid MSO with 10 g/l sucrose is added to the filter paper. Gold particles (1.0 μm in size) are coated with plasmid DNA according to method of Sanford et al., 1993 and are delivered to the embryogenic callus with the following parameters: 500 μg particles and 2 μg DNA per shot, 1300 psi and a target distance of 8.5 cm from stopping plate to plate of callus and 1 shot per plate of callus.

After the bombardment, calli are transferred back to the fresh callus development me¬ dium and maintained in the dark at room temperature for a 1-week period. The callus is then transferred to growth conditions in the light at 25 0C to initiate embryo differentia- tion with the appropriate selection agent, e.g. 250 nM Arsenal, 5 mg/l PPT or 50 mg/L Kanamycin. Shoots resistant to the selection agent are appearing and once rooted are transferred to soil.

Samples of the primary transgenic plants (T0) are analyzed by PCR to confirm the presence of T-DNA. These results are confirmed by Southern hybridization in which DNA is electrophoresed on a 1 % agarose gel and transferred to a positively charged nylon membrane (Roche Diagnostics). The PCR DIG Probe Synthesis Kit (Roche Di¬ agnostics) is used to prepare a digoxigenin-labelled probe by PCR1 and used as rec¬ ommended by the manufacturer. Transgenic T0 ryegrass plants are propagated vegetatively by excising tillers. The transplanted tillers are maintained in the greenhouse for 2 months until well estab¬ lished. The shoots are defoliated and allowed to grow for 2 weeks.

Example 9b

Engineering soybean plants

Soybean can be transformed according to the following modification of the method de- scribed in the Texas A&M patent US 5,164,310. Several commercial soybean varieties are amenable to transformation by this method. The cultivar Jack (available from the Illinois Seed Foundation) is commonly used for transformation. Seeds are sterilized by immersion in 70% (v/v) ethanol for 6 min and in 25 % commercial bleach (NaOCI) sup¬ plemented with 0.1% (v/v) Tween for 20 min, followed by rinsing 4 times with sterile double distilled water. Removing the radicle, hypocotyl and one cotyledon from each seedling propagates seven-day seedlings. Then, the epicotyl with one cotyledon is transferred to fresh germination media in petri dishes and incubated at 25 0C under a 16-hr photoperiod (approx. 100 μE-m-2s-1) for three weeks. Axillary nodes (approx. 4 mm in length) are cut from 3 - 4 week-old plants. Axillary nodes are excised and incu- bated in Agrobacterium LBA4404 culture.

Many different binary vector systems have been described for plant transformation (e.g. An, G. in Agrobacterium Protocols. Methods in Molecular Biology vol 44, pp 47- 62, Gartland KMA and MR Davey eds. Humana Press, Totowa, New Jersey). Many are based on the vector pBIN19 described by Bevan (Nucleic Acid Research. 1984.

12:8711-8721) that includes a plant gene expression cassette flanked by the left and right border sequences from the Ti plasmid of Agrobacterium tumefaciens. A plant gene expression cassette consists of at least two genes - a selection marker gene and a plant promoter regulating the transcription of the cDNA or genomic DNA of the trait gene. Various selection marker genes can be used as described above, including the Arabidopsis gene encoding a mutated acetohydroxy acid synthase (AHAS) enzyme (US patents 5,767,366 and US 6,225,105). Similarly, various promoters can be used to regulate the trait gene to provide constitutive, developmental, tissue or environmental regulation of gene transcription as described above. In this example, the 34S promoter (GenBank Accession numbers M59930 and X16673) is used to provide constitutive expression of the trait gene.

After the co-cultivation treatment, the explants are washed and transferred to selection media supplemented with 500 mg/L timentin. Shoots are excised and placed on a shoot elongation medium. Shoots longer than 1 cm are placed on rooting medium for two to four weeks prior to transplanting to soil. The primary transgenic plants (T0) are analyzed by PCR to confirm the presence of T- DNA. These results are confirmed by Southern hybridization in which DNA is electro- phoresed on a 1 % agarose gel and transferred to a positively charged nylon mem¬ brane (Roche Diagnostics). The PCR DIG Probe Synthesis Kit (Roche Diagnostics) is used to prepare a digoxigenin-labelled probe by PCR, and is used as recommended by the manufacturer.

Example 9c

Engineering corn plants

Transformation of maize (Zea Mays L.) is performed with a modification of the method described by lshida et al. (1996. Nature Biotech 14745-50). Transformation is geno¬ type-dependent in corn and only specific genotypes are amenable to transformation and regeneration. The inbred line A188 (University of Minnesota) or hybrids with A188 as a parent are good sources of donor material for transformation (Fromm et al. 1990 Biotech 8:833-839), but other genotypes can be used successfully as well. Ears are harvested from corn plants at approximately 11 days after pollination (DAP) when the length of immature embryos is about 1 to 1.2 mm. Immature embryos are co-cultivated with Agrobacterium tumefaciens that carry "super binary" vectors and transgenic plants are recovered through organogenesis. The super binary vector system of Japan To¬ bacco is described in WO patents WO94/00977 and WO95/06722. Vectors can be constructed as described. Various selection marker genes can be used including the maize gene encoding a mutated acetohydroxy acid synthase (AHAS) enzyme (US 6,025,541). Similarly, various promoters can be used to regulate the trait gene to pro¬ vide constitutive, developmental, tissue or environmental regulation of gene transcrip¬ tion. In this example, the 34S promoter (GenBank Accession numbers M59930 and X16673) is used to provide constitutive expression of the trait gene.

Excised embryos are grown on callus induction medium, then maize regeneration me¬ dium, containing imidazolinone as a selection agent. The Petri plates are incubated in the light at 25 0C for 2-3 weeks, or until shoots develop. The green shoots are trans¬ ferred from each embryo to maize rooting medium and incubated at 25 0C for 2-3 weeks, until roots develop. The rooted shoots are transplanted to soil in the green- house. T1 seeds are produced from plants that exhibit tolerance to the imidazolinone herbicides and which are PCR positive for the transgenes.

The T1 generation of single locus insertions of the T-DNA can segregate for the trans- gene in a 3:1 ratio. Those progeny containing one or two copies of the transgene are tolerant of the imidazolinone herbicide. Homozygous T2 plants can exhibited similar phenotypes as the T1 plants. Hybrid plants (F1 progeny) of homozygous transgenic plants and non-transgenic plants can also exhibited increased similar phenotyps. Example 9d

Engineering wheat plants

Transformation of wheat is performed with the method described by lshida et al. (1996 Nature Biotech. 14745-50. The cultivar Bobwhite (available from CYMMIT, Mexico) is commonly used in transformation. Immature embryos are co-cultivated with Agrobacte- rium tumefaciens that carry "super binary" vectors, and transgenic plants are recovered through organogenesis. The super binary vector system of Japan Tobacco is described in WO patents WO94/00977 and WO95/06722. Vectors were constructed as de¬ scribed. Various selection marker genes can be used including the maize gene encod¬ ing a mutated acetohydroxy acid synthase (AHAS) enzyme (US 6,025,541). Similarly, various promoters can be used to regulate the trait gene to provide constitutive, devel- opmental, tissue or environmental regulation of gene transcription. In this example, the 34S promoter (GenBank Accession numbers M59930 and X16673) can be used to provide constitutive expression of the trait gene.

After incubation with Agrobacterium, the embryos are grown on callus induction me- dium, then regeneration medium, containing imidazolinone as a selection agent. The Petri plates are incubated in the light at 25 0C for 2-3 weeks, or until shoots develop. The green shoots are transferred from each embryo to rooting medium and incubated at 25 0C for 2-3 weeks, until roots develop. The rooted shoots are transplanted to soil in the greenhouse. T1 seeds are produced from plants that exhibit tolerance to the imida- zolinone herbicides and which are PCR positive for the transgenes.

The T1 generation of single locus insertions of the T-DNA can segregate for the trans- gene in a 3:1 ratio. Those progeny containing one or two copies of the transgene are tolerant of the imidazolinone herbicide. Homozygous T2 plants exhibited similar pheno- types.

Example 9e

Engineering Rapeseed/Canola plants

Cotyledonary petioles and hypocotyls of 5-6 day-old young seedlings are used as ex- plants for tissue culture and transformed according to Babic et al.(1998, Plant Cell Rep 17: 183-188. The commercial cultivar Westar (Agriculture Canada) is the standard va¬ riety used for transformation, but other varieties can be used.

Agrobacterium tumefaciens LBA4404 containing a binary vector are used for canola transformation. Many different binary vector systems have been described for plant transformation (e.g. An, G. in Agrobacterium Protocols. Methods in Molecular Biology vol 44, pp 47-62, Gartland KMA and MR Davey eds. Humana Press, Totowa, New Jer¬ sey. Many are based on the vector pBIN19 described by Bevan (Nucleic Acid Re¬ search. 1984. 12:8711-8721) that includes a plant gene expression cassette flanked by the left and right border sequences from the Ti plasmid of Agrobacterium tumefaciens. A plant gene expression cassette consists of at least two genes - a selection marker gene and a plant promoter regulating the transcription of the cDNA or genomic DNA of the trait gene. Various selection marker genes can be used including the Arabidopsis gene encoding a mutated acetohydroxy acid synthase (AHAS) enzyme (US 5,767,366 and US 6,225,105). Similarly, various promoters can be used to regulate the trait gene to provide constitutive, developmental, tissue or environmental regulation of gene tran¬ scription. In this example, the 34S promoter (GenBank Accession numbers M59930 and X16673) can be used to provide constitutive expression of the trait gene.

Canola seeds are surface-sterilized in 70% ethanol for 2 min., and then in 30% Clorox with a drop of Tween-20 for 10 min, followed by three rinses with sterilized distilled wa¬ ter. Seeds are then germinated in vitro 5 days on half strength MS medium without hormones, 1% sucrose, 0.7% Phytagar at 23oC, 16 hr. light. The cotyledon petiole ex- plants with the cotyledon attached are excised from the in vitro seedlings, and are in- oculated with Agrobacterium by dipping the cut end of the petiole explant into the bac¬ terial suspension. The explants are then cultured for 2 days on MSBAP-3 medium con¬ taining 3 mg/l BAP, 3 % sucrose, 0.7 % Phytagar at 23 0C1 16 hr light. After two days of co-cultivation with Agrobacterium, the petiole explants are transferred to MSBAP-3 medium containing 3 mg/l BAP, cefotaxime, carbenicillin, or timentin (300 mg/l) for 7 days, and then cultured on MSBAP-3 medium with cefotaxime, carbenicillin, or timentin and selection agent until shoot regeneration. When the shoots are 5 - 10 mm in length, they are cut and transferred to shoot elongation medium (MSBAP-0.5, containing 0.5 mg/l BAP). Shoots of about 2 cm in length are transferred to the rooting medium (MSO) for root induction.

Samples of the primary transgenic plants (T0) are analyzed by PCR to confirm the presence of T-DNA. These results are confirmed by Southern hybridization in which DNA is electrophoresed on a 1 % agarose gel and are transferred to a positively charged nylon membrane (Roche Diagnostics). The PCR DIG Probe Synthesis Kit (Roche Diagnostics) is used to prepare a digoxigenin-labelled probe by PCR, and used as recommended by the manufacturer. Example 9f

Engineering alfalfa plants

A regenerating clone of alfalfa (Medicago sativa) is transformed using the method of (McKersie et al., 1999 Plant Physiol 119: 839-847). Regeneration and transformation of alfalfa is genotype dependent and therefore a regenerating plant is required. Meth¬ ods to obtain regenerating plants have been described. For example, these can be selected from the cultivar Rangelander (Agriculture Canada) or any other commercial alfalfa variety as described by Brown DCW and A Atanassov (1985. Plant Cell Tissue Organ Culture 4: 111-112. Alternatively, the RA3 variety (University of Wisconsin) has been selected for use in tissue culture (Walker et a!., 1978 Am J Bot 65:654-659).

Petiole explants are cocultivated with an overnight culture of Agrobacterium tumefa- ciens C58C1 pMP90 (McKersie et al., 1999 Plant Physiol 119: 839-847) or LBA4404 containing a binary vector. Many different binary vector systems have been described for plant transformation (e.g. An, G. in Agrobacterium Protocols. Methods in Molecular Biology vol 44, pp 47-62, Gartland KMA and MR Davey eds. Humana Press, Totowa, New Jersey). Many are based on the vector pBIN19 described by Bevan (Nucleic Acid Research. 1984. 12:8711-8721) that includes a plant gene expression cassette flanked by the left and right border sequences from the Ti plasmid of Agrobacterium tumefa- ciens. A plant gene expression cassette consists of at least two genes - a selection marker gene and a plant promoter regulating the transcription of the cDNA or genomic DNA of the trait gene. Various selection marker genes can be used including the Arabidopsis gene encoding a mutated acetohydroxy acid synthase (AHAS) enzyme (US 5,767,366 and US 6,225,105). Similarly, various promoters can be used to regu¬ late the trait gene that provides constitutive, developmental, tissue or environmental regulation of gene transcription. In this example, the 34S promoter (GenBank Acces¬ sion numbers M59930 and X16673) can be used to provide constitutive expression of the trait gene.

The explants are cocultivated for 3 d in the dark on SH induction medium containing 288 mg/ L Prolin, 53 mg/ L thioproline, 4.35 g/ L K2SO4, and 100 μm acetosyringinone. The explants are washed in half-strength Murashige-Skoog medium (Murashige and Skoog, 1962) and plated on the same SH induction medium without acetosyringinone but with a suitable selection agent and suitable antibiotic to inhibit Agrobacterium growth. After several weeks, somatic embryos are transferred to BOi2Y development medium containing no growth regulators, no antibiotics, and 50 g/ L sucrose. Somatic embryos are subsequently germinated on half-strength Murashige-Skoog medium. Rooted seedlings are transplanted into pots and grown in a greenhouse. The T0 transgenic plants are propagated by node cuttings and rooted in Turface growth medium. The plants are defoliated and grown to a height of about 10 cm (approxi¬ mately 2 weeks after defoliation).

Equivalents

The skilled worker knows, or can identify by using simply routine methods, a large number of equivalents of the specific embodiments of the invention. These equivalents are intended to be included in the patent claims below.

Claims

We claim:
1. A method for preparing a nonhuman organism with faster growth and/or in¬ creased yield in comparison with a reference organism, which method comprises increasing the activity of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 in said organism or in one or more parts thereof in comparison with a reference organism.
2. The method of claim 1 , whereby the growth and yield increasing protein is en¬ coded by a polypeptide comprising the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137, whereby 20 or less of the amino acid positions can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 20 or less amino acids are inserted into the shown se¬ quence or in SEQ ID NO: 4, 6, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 65, 67, 69, 71, 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85, 87, 89, 91, 93, 95, 99, 101, 103, 105 or SEQ ID NO: 109, 111, 113, 115, 117, 119, 121 , 133 or 135, whereby 10 or less of the amino acid posi¬ tions can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 10 or less amino acids are in¬ serted into the sequence.
3. The method as claimed in claim 1, wherein the activity of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide is increased by increasing the activity of at least one polypeptide in said organism or in one or more parts thereof, which is encoded by a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of:
(aa) nucleic acid molecule encoding a growth or yield increasing polypeptide or encoding at least the mature form of the polypeptide that is depicted in
SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137; (bb) nucleic acid molecule comprising at least the mature polynucleotide of the coding sequence according to SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136 ; (cc) nucleic acid molecule whose sequence is derivable from a polypeptide se- quence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according to (aa) or (bb), due to the degeneracy of the genetic code; (dd) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide whose sequence is at least
20% identical to the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule according to (aa) to (cc); (ee) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide that is derived from a SEQ
ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according to (aa) to (dd) by substitution, deletion and/or addition of one or more amino acids of the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecules (aa) to (dd); (ff) nucleic acid molecule encoding a fragment or an epitope of the SEQ ID
NO: 2, 107, 125, 129, 137 polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (aa) to (ee);
Figures (6 pages) and sequence listing (107 pages) (gg) nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which comprises the sequence of a nucleic acid molecule obtained by amplification of a cDNA bank or of a genomic bank using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 96 and 97, 122 and 123, 126 and 127 or 130 and 131 or 138 and 139 or a combina- tion thereof;
(hh) nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide which is isolated with the aid of monoclonal antibodies against a polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (aa) to (gg); (ii) nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening an appropriate li¬ brary under stringent conditions using a probe comprising any of the se¬ quences according to (aa) to (hh) or a fragment of at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt, of the nucleic acid character¬ ized in (aa) to (hh) and which encodes a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide; and
Gj) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the consensus sequence as described in figure 1 and/or figure 2 and conferring a faster growth and/or an increased yield in comparison with a reference organism;
or which comprises a complementary sequence thereof.
4. The method as claimed in anyone of claims 1 to 3, wherein the activity is in¬ creased by
(a) increasing the expression of a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 pro¬ tein;
(b) increasing the stability of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 RNA or of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 protein;
(c) increasing the specific activity of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 protein;
(d) expressing a homologous or artificial transcription factor capable of in¬ creasing expression of an endogenous SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 gene function; or
(e) adding an exogenous factor which increases or induces SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity or SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 ex¬ pression to the food or the medium.
5. The method as claimed in anyone of claims 1 to 4, wherein the organism is a microorganism or, preferably, a plant. 6. The method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 5, wherein the activity of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide is increased by introducing a polynu¬ cleotide into the organism, preferably into a plant, or into one or more parts thereof, which polynucleotide codes for an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consist¬ ing of:
(a) nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide;
(b) nucleic acid molecule comprising at least the mature polynucleotide of the coding sequence according to SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136;
(c) nucleic acid molecule whose sequence is derivable from a polypeptide se¬ quence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according to (a) or (b), due to the degeneracy of the genetic code;
(d) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide whose sequence is at least 20% identical to the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule according to (a) to (c);
(e) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide derived from a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according to (a) to (d) by substitution, deletion and/or addition of one or more amino acids of the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecules (a) to (d);
(f) nucleic acid molecule encoding a fragment or an epitope of the SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (a) to (e); (g) nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which comprises the sequence of a nucleic acid molecule obtained by amplification of a cDNA bank or of a genomic bank using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 96 and 97, 122 and 123, 126 and 127, 130 and 131 and/or 138 and 139 or a combina- . tion thereof; (h) nucleic acid molecule encoding an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide which is isolated with the aid of monoclonal antibodies against a polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (a) to (g); and (i) nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening an appropriate Ii- brary under stringent conditions using a probe comprising any of the se¬ quences according to (a) to (h) or a fragment of at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt, of the nucleic acid character¬ ized in (a) to (h) and which encodes a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide; (j) nucleic acid molecule encoding a growth or yield increasing polypeptide comprising the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137, whereby 20 or less of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 20 or less amino acids are inserted into the shown sequence or in SEQ ID NO: 4,
6, 7, 9, 11 , 13, 15, 17, 19, 21 , 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51 , 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71, 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85, 87, 89, 91, 93, 95, 99, 101, 103, 105 or SEQ ID NO: 109, 111, 113, 115, 117, 119, 121, 133 or 135 whereby 10 or less of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 10 or less amino acids are inserted into or absent from the shown sequence;
or which comprises a complementary sequence thereof.
7. The method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 6, wherein a polynucleotide encod¬ ing an endogenous SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide or activity is functionally linked to regulatory sequences causing increased expression of the
SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide.
8. The method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 7, wherein the yield or the biomass is increased.
9. A polynucleotide encoding a growth or yield increasing polypeptide, which com¬ prises a nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of:
(a) nucleic acid molecule encoding at least the mature form of the polypeptide as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 or comprising at least the mature form of the polynucleotide depicted in SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124,
128 or 136;
(b) nucleic acid molecule whose sequence is derivable from a polypeptide se¬ quence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according to (a) due to the degeneracy of the genetic code; (c) nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide whose sequence is at least 30% identical to the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 1 , 106, 124, 128 or 136 or comprising the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136; (d) nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide that is derived from an SEQ
ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by a polynucleotide according to (a) to (c) by substitution, deletion and/or addition of one or more amino acids of the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecules (a) to (c); (e) nucleic acid molecule encoding a fragment or an epitope of the SEQ ID
NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules according to (a) to (d); (f) nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which comprises the sequence of a nucleic acid molecule obtained by amplification of a cDNA bank or of a genomic bank using the primers in SEQ ID NO : 96 and 97, 122 and 123, 126 and 127, 130 and 131 or 138 and 139 or a combination thereof;
(g) nucleic acid molecule encoding a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide which has been isolated with the aid of monoclonal antibodies against a polypeptide encoded by any of the nucleic acid molecules ac¬ cording to (a) to (T); (h) nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening an appropriate li¬ brary under stringent conditions using a probe comprising any of the se¬ quences according to (a) to (g) and which encodes a SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide, (i) nucleic acid molecule encoding a growth or yield increasing polypeptide comprising the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137, whereby 20 or less of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 20 or less amino acids are inserted into the shown sequence or in SEQ ID NO: 4, 6, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 , 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71 , 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85, 87, 89, 91, 93, 95, 99, 101, 103, 105 or
SEQ ID NO: 109, 111, 113, 115, 117, 119, 121, 133 or 135, whereby 10 or less of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 10 or less amino acids are inserted into the shown sequence;
or the complementary strand thereof, said polynucleotide or said nucleic acid molecule according to (a) to (h) not comprising the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 or the sequence complementary thereto.
10. A polynucleotide as claimed in claim 9, which is DNA or RNA.
11. A method for preparing a vector, comprising inserting the polynucleotide as claimed in claim 9 or 10 into a vector.
12. A vector, comprising the polynucleotide as claimed in claim 9 or 10 or prepared as claimed in claim 11.
13. A vector as claimed in claim 12, wherein the polynucleotide is functionally linked to regulatory sequences which allow expression in a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host.
14. A host cell which has been transformed or transfected stably or transiently with the vector as claimed in claim 12 or 13 or the polynucleotide as claimed in claim 9 or 10.
15. A host cell as claimed in claim 14, which is a bacterial cell or a eukaryotic cell, preferably a unicellular microorganism or a plant cell.
16. A polypeptide, which comprises the amino acid sequence encoded by a polynu¬ cleotide as claimed in either of claims 9 and 10, or comprising a growth or yield increasing polypeptide comprising the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107,
125, 129 or 137, whereby 20 or less of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 20 or less amino acids are inserted into the shown sequence or in SEQ ID NO: 4, 6, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67, 69, 71, 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85, 87, 89, 91, 93, 95, 99, 101, 103, 105 or SEQ ID
NO: 109, 111 , 113, 115, 117, 119, 121, 133 or 135, whereby 10 or less of the amino acid positions indicated can be replaced by an X and/or whereby 10 or less amino acids are inserted into or absent from the shown sequence; said polypeptide being not the sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137.
17. An antibody, which binds specifically to the polypeptide as claimed in claim 16.
18. An antisense nucleic acid, which comprises the complementary sequence of the polynucleotide as claimed in claim 9 or 10.
19. A method for preparing a transgenic plant, plant cell, plant tissue, cell of a useful animal, useful animal or a transgenic microorganism, which method comprises introducing into the genome thereof the polynucleotide as claimed in claim 9 or 10 or the vector as claimed in claim 12 or 13.
20. A non human organism, in particular an animal cell, plant cell or microorganism, which comprises the polynucleotide as claimed in claim 9 or 10 or the vector as claimed in claim 12 or 13.
21. A non human organism, in particular plant tissue or plant, having an increased amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity or protein comprising the plant cell as claimed in claim 20.
22. A transgenic microorganism having an increased amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 protein or activity.
23. A nonhuman organism, in particular a useful animal or an animal organ, having an increased amount of SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 protein or activity comprising the cell of a useful animal as claimed in claim 20.
24. Seed, tuber or propagation material of a plant as claimed in claim 21 , comprising the polynucleotide as claimed in claim 9 or 10 or the plant cell as claimed in claim 20.
25. A biomass of a microorganism as claimed in claim 22, comprising the poly pep- tide as claimed in claim 16, the cell as claimed in claim 20 or the polynucleotide as claimed in claim 9 or 10.
26. A plant cell, a plant cell organelle, a plant tissue, a plant or a part thereof (over)expressing anyone of the nucleic acid sequences SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136, wherein the dry weight is increased by 1%, 2,5%, 5%, 10%, 15%,
20%, 25%, 30%, 50% or more in comparison to the variety deposited at the Insti- tut fϋr Pflanzengenetik und Kulturpflanzenforschung (IPK), Corrensstraβe 3, D- 06466 Gatersleben, Germany, with the youngest deposition date before June 2, 2005, and whereby the dry weight of the plant cell, the plant cell organelle, the plant tissue, the plant or the part thereof means the weight of the organic material of the plant cell, the plant cell organelle, the plant tissue, the plant or the part thereof less the amount of water included in the plant cell, the plant cell organ¬ elle, the plant tissue, the plant or the part thereof.
27. A plant cell, a plant cell organelle, a plant tissue, a plant or a part thereof,
(over)expressing anyone of the nucleic acid sequences SEQ ID NO: 1, 106, 124, 128 or 136, wherein the dry weight is increased by 1%, 2,5%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 50% or more in comparison to the dry weight of a variety se¬ lected from the group consisting of
(a) G. hirsutum IPK Accession Number GOS 6 (D 120), GOS 7 (ST 446), GOS 10 (D 1635), GOS 17 (D 4302), or GOS 21 (D 5553), or G. areysianum Deflers, or G. incanum (Schwartz) HiIIc, or G. raimondii Ulbr., or G. stocksii Masters, or G. thurberi Tod., or G. tomentosum Nutt. or G. triphyllum Hochr., or Gossypium arboreum IPK Accession Number GOS 13 (D 1634), GOS 16 (D 4240), GOS 18
(D 4505), GOS 19 (D 4506), GOS 20 (D 4750), or GOS 12 (D 1329), or Gos¬ sypium barbadense, or Gossypium herbaceum; and
(b) Brassica napus variety Mika, Brassica napus variety Digger, Brassica napus variety Artus, Brassica napus variety Terra, Brassica napus variety Smart, Bras¬ sica napus variety Olivine, Brassica napus variety Libretto, Brassica napus vari¬ ety Wotan, Brassica napus variety Panther, Brassica napus variety Express, Brassica napus variety Oase, Brassica napus variety Elan, Brassica napus vari¬ ety Ability, Brassica napus variety Mohican; and
(c) Linum usitatissimum variety Librina, Linum usitatissimum variety Flanders, Linum usitatissimum variety Scorpion, Linum usitatissimum variety Livia, Linum usitatissimum variety Lola, Linum usitatissimum variety Taurus, Linum usitatis¬ simum variety Golda, Linum usitatissimum variety Lirima, and
(d) Zea mays variety Articat, Zea mays variety NK Dilitop, Zea mays variety Total, Zea mays variety Oldham, Zea mays variety Adenzo, Zea mays variety NK
Lugan, Zea mays variety Liberal, Zea mays variety Peso; and
(e) Glycine max variety Oligata, Glycine max variety Lotus, Glycine max variety Primus.Glycine max variety Alma Ata, Glycine max variety OAC Vision, Glycine max variety Jutro; and
(f) Helianthus annus variety Helena, Helianthus annus variety Flavia, Helianthus annus variety Rigasol, Helianthus annus variety Flores, Helianthus annus variety Jazzy, Helianthus annus variety Pegaso, Helianthus annus variety Heliaroc, HeIi- anthus annus variety Salut RM; and
(g) Camelina sativa variety Dolly, Camelina sativa variety Sonny, Camelina sativa variety Ligena, Camelina sativa variety Calinka; and
(h) Sinapis alba variety Martigena, Sinapis alba variety Silenda, Sinapis alba va¬ riety Sirola, Sinapis alba variety Sito, Sinapis alba variety Semper, Sinapis alba variety Seco; and
(i) Carthamus tinctorius variety Sabina, Carthamus tinctorius variety HUS-305, Carthamus tinctorius variety landrace, Carthamus tinctorius variety Thori-78, Car¬ thamus tinctorius variety CR-34, Carthamus tinctorius variety CR-81 ; and
(j) Brassica juncea variety Vittasso, Brassica juncea variety Muscon M-973, Brassica juncea variety RAPD, Brassica juncea variety CoJ.86, Brassica juncea variety IAC 1-2, Brassica juncea variety Pacific Gold; and
(k) Cocos nucifera L. varietes Maypan, Ceylon Tall, Indian Tall, Jamaica Tall, Malayan Tall, Java Tall, Laguna, KingCRIC 60, CRIC 65, CRISL 98, Moorock tall, Plus palm tall, San Ramon, Typica, Nana or Aurantiaca; and (I) Triticum aestivum L. variety Altos, Bundessortenamt file number 2646, Triticum aestivum L. variety Bussard, Bundessortenamt file number 1641, or Triticum aes¬ tivum L. variety Centrum, Bundessortenamt file number 2710; and
(m) Beta vulgaris variety Dieck 13, CPVO file number 19991828, Beta vulgaris variety FD 007, CPCO file number 20000506, or Beta vulgaris variety Hl 0169, CPVO file number 20010315; and
(n) Hordeum vulgare variety Dorothea, CPVO file number 20031457, Hordeum vulgare variety Colibri, CPVO file number 20040122, Hordeum vulgare variety
Brazil, CPVO file number 20010274, or Hordeum vulgare variety Christina, CPVO file number 20030277; and
(o) Secale cereale variety Esprit, CPVO file number 19950246, Secale cereale variety Resonanz, CPVO file number 20040651 , or Secale cereale variety Ursus,
CPVO file number 19970714; and
(p) Oryza sativa variety Gemini, CPVO file number 20010284, Oryza sativa varie¬ ty Tanaro, CPVO file number 20020177, or Oryza sativa variety Zeus, CPVO file number 19980388; and
(q) Solanum tuberosum L. varieties Linda, Nicola, Solara, Agria, Sieglinde, or Russet Burbank; and
(r) Arachis hypogaea subsp. fastigiata cultivar Valencia; and
(s) Arachis hypogaea subsp. hypogaea cultivar Virginia variety 'Holland Jumbo', Virginia A23-7', or "Florida 416'; and
(t) Arachis hypogaea subsp. hirsuta cultivar Peruvian runner variety 'Southeast¬ ern Runner 56-15', 'Dixie Runner', or 'Early Runner'; and
(u) Arachis hypogaea subsp. vulgaris cultivar Spanish variety 'Dixie Spanish', 'Improved Spanish 2B', or 1GFA Spanish';
and whereby dry weight means the weight of the organic material of the plant cell, the plant cell organelle, the plant tissue, the plant or the part thereof less the amount of water included in the plant cell, the plant cell organelle, the plant tissue, the plant orthe part thereof.
28. A method for preparing fine chemicals, which comprises providing a cell, a tissue or a nonhuman organism having increased SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity and culturing said cell, said tissue or said organism under conditions which allow production of the desired fine chemicals in said cell, said tissue or said organism.
29. The use of an SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 polypeptide or of the polynu¬ cleotide as claimed in claim 8 or 9 or of a polypeptide as claimed in claim 16 for increasing the yield and/or for increasing the growth of a nonhuman organism in comparison with a starting organism.
30. A nonhuman organism having an increased activity of the polypeptide as claimed in claim 16 in comparison with a reference organism and having increased toler¬ ance to abiotic or biotic stress in comparison with a reference organism.
31. A method for the identification of a gene product conferring increased growth and/or yield, comprising the following steps:
(a) contacting the nucleic acid molecules of a sample, which can contain a can- didate gene encoding a gene product conferring increased growth and/or yield after expression with the nucleic acid molecule of claim 9;
(b) identifying the nucleic acid molecules, which hybridize under relaxed strin¬ gent conditions with the nucleic acid molecule of claim 9;
(c) introducing the candidate nucleic acid molecules in host cells appropriate for measuring increased growth and/or yield;
(d) expressing the identified nucleic acid molecules in the host cells;
(e) assaying the increased growth and/or yield in the host cells; and
identifying nucleic acid molecule and its gene product which expression confers increased growth and/or yield in the host cell in the host cell after expression compared to the wild type.
32. A method for the identification of a gene product conferring increased growth and/or yield, comprising the following steps:
(a) identifying in a data bank nucleic acid molecules of an organism; which can contain a candidate gene encoding a gene product conferring increased growth and/or yield to an organism or a part thereof after expression, and which are at least 30% identical to the nucleic acid molecule of claim 9; (b) introducing the candidate nucleic acid molecules in host cells appropriate for monitoring increased growth and/or yield ;
(c) expressing the identified nucleic acid molecules in the host cells;
(d) assaying the increased growth and/or yield level in the host organism; and
(e) identifying nucleic acid molecule and its gene product which expression confers increased growth and/or yield in the host organism after expression compared to the wild type.
33. Use of the nucleic acid molecule as claimed in claim 9 for the identification of a nucleic acid molecule conferring an increased growth and/or yield.
34. Use of the nucleic acid molecule as claimed in claim 9 in mapping and breeding processes for the identification of plant varieties having faster growth and/or in¬ creased yield.
35. Use of the nucleic acid molecule as claimed in claim 9 for the production of a herbicide resistant plant, which is resistant to a herbicide inhibiting SEQ ID NO: 2, 107, 125, 129 or 137 activity in a plant.
PCT/EP2005/007935 2004-07-31 2005-07-21 Preparation of organisms with faster growth and/or higher yield WO2006013010A2 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP04018194 2004-07-31
EP04018194.3 2004-07-31

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN200580025987.1A CN101001956B (en) 2004-07-31 2005-07-21 Preparation of organisms with faster growth and/or higher yield
CA002575127A CA2575127A1 (en) 2004-07-31 2005-07-21 Preparation of organisms with faster growth and/or higher yield
BRPI0514003-0A BRPI0514003A (en) 2004-07-31 2005-07-21 Methods for preparing a non-human organism, to prepare a vector, a transgenic plant, plant cell, plant tissue, cell of a useful animal, useful animal or a transgenic microorganism, and fine chemicals, and to identify a gene product, polynucleotide , vector, host cell, antibody, antisense nucleic acid, nonhuman organism, transgenic microorganism, seed, tuber or propagation material of a plant biomass of a microorganism, plant cell, the plant cell organelle, plant tissue, plant or part thereof , and uses of a polypeptide, and the nucleic acid molecule
JP2007522986A JP2008507960A (en) 2004-07-31 2005-07-21 Preparation of more growing faster and / or more yield high biological
US11/659,011 US20100050296A1 (en) 2004-07-31 2005-07-21 Preparation of organisms with faster growth and/or higher yield
AU2005268943A AU2005268943B2 (en) 2004-07-31 2005-07-21 Preparation of organisms with faster growth and/or higher yield
ES05771370T ES2430827T3 (en) 2004-07-31 2005-07-21 Preparing organisms with faster growth and / or higher performance
EP05771370.3A EP1774004B1 (en) 2004-07-31 2005-07-21 Preparation of organisms with faster growth and/or higher yield

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006013010A2 true WO2006013010A2 (en) 2006-02-09
WO2006013010A3 WO2006013010A3 (en) 2006-06-08

Family

ID=34973230

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2005/007935 WO2006013010A2 (en) 2004-07-31 2005-07-21 Preparation of organisms with faster growth and/or higher yield

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (1) US20100050296A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1774004B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2008507960A (en)
CN (3) CN103397050A (en)
AU (1) AU2005268943B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0514003A (en)
CA (1) CA2575127A1 (en)
ES (1) ES2430827T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2006013010A2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2353387A1 (en) 2010-02-05 2011-08-10 Bayer CropScience AG Use of succinate dehydrogenase (SDH) inhibitors in the treatment of plant types in the sweet grass family

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104450771B (en) * 2014-11-13 2017-03-15 北京农业质量标准与检测技术研究中心 Cultivating a transgenic plant of a heavy metal accumulation in low

Citations (43)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0249676A2 (en) 1986-01-28 1987-12-23 Sandoz Ltd. Method for the expression of genes in plants
EP0335528A2 (en) 1988-03-29 1989-11-15 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company DNA promoter fragments from wheat
EP0375091A1 (en) 1988-12-21 1990-06-27 Institut Für Genbiologische Forschung Berlin Gmbh Wound-inducible and potato tuber-specific transcriptional regulation
EP0388186A1 (en) 1989-03-17 1990-09-19 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company External regulation of gene expression
EP0397687A1 (en) 1987-12-21 1990-11-22 Upjohn Co Agrobacterium mediated transformation of germinating plant seeds.
EP0424047A1 (en) 1989-10-17 1991-04-24 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Tissue culture method for transformation of plant cells
WO1991013980A1 (en) 1990-03-16 1991-09-19 Calgene, Inc. Novel sequences preferentially expressed in early seed development and methods related thereto
US5164310A (en) 1988-06-01 1992-11-17 The Texas A&M University System Method for transforming plants via the shoot apex
US5187267A (en) 1990-06-19 1993-02-16 Calgene, Inc. Plant proteins, promoters, coding sequences and use
WO1993021334A1 (en) 1992-04-13 1993-10-28 Zeneca Limited Dna constructs and plants incorporating them
WO1994000977A1 (en) 1992-07-07 1994-01-20 Japan Tobacco Inc. Method of transforming monocotyledon
WO1994012015A1 (en) 1992-11-30 1994-06-09 Chua Nam Hai Expression motifs that confer tissue- and developmental-specific expression in plants
US5352605A (en) 1983-01-17 1994-10-04 Monsanto Company Chimeric genes for transforming plant cells using viral promoters
WO1995006722A1 (en) 1993-09-03 1995-03-09 Japan Tobacco Inc. Method of transforming monocotyledon by using scutellum of immature embryo
WO1995014098A1 (en) 1993-11-19 1995-05-26 Biotechnology Research And Development Corporation Chimeric regulatory regions and gene cassettes for expression of genes in plants
WO1995015389A2 (en) 1993-12-02 1995-06-08 Olsen Odd Arne Promoter
WO1995019443A2 (en) 1994-01-13 1995-07-20 Ciba-Geigy Ag Chemically regulatable and anti-pathogenic dna sequences and uses thereof
WO1995023230A1 (en) 1994-02-24 1995-08-31 Olsen Odd Arne Promoter from a lipid transfer protein gene
US5504200A (en) 1983-04-15 1996-04-02 Mycogen Plant Science, Inc. Plant gene expression
US5510474A (en) 1988-05-17 1996-04-23 Mycogen Plant Science, Inc. Plant ubiquitin promoter system
WO1996012814A1 (en) 1994-10-21 1996-05-02 Danisco A/S Promoter sequence from potato
US5565350A (en) 1993-12-09 1996-10-15 Thomas Jefferson University Compounds and methods for site directed mutations in eukaryotic cells
WO1997006268A2 (en) 1995-08-08 1997-02-20 Zeneca Limited Dna constructs
US5608152A (en) 1986-07-31 1997-03-04 Calgene, Inc. Seed-specific transcriptional regulation
WO1998001572A1 (en) 1996-07-03 1998-01-15 Hoechst Research & Technology Deutschland Gmbh & Co. Kg Genetic transformation of ciliate cells through microcarrier bombardment with dna-loaded gold particles
DE19644478A1 (en) 1996-10-25 1998-04-30 Basf Ag Leaf-specific expression of genes in transgenic plants
US5759610A (en) 1994-07-19 1998-06-02 Kabushiki Kaisha Hayashibara Seibutsu Kagaku Kenkyujo Trehalose and its production and use
US5767366A (en) 1991-02-19 1998-06-16 Louisiana State University Board Of Supervisors, A Governing Body Of Louisiana State University Agricultural And Mechanical College Mutant acetolactate synthase gene from Ararbidopsis thaliana for conferring imidazolinone resistance to crop plants
WO1998045461A1 (en) 1997-04-09 1998-10-15 Rhone-Poulenc Agro An oleosin 5' regulatory region for the modification of plant seed lipid composition
WO1999016890A2 (en) 1997-09-30 1999-04-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Production of proteins in plant seeds
US6025541A (en) 1994-09-08 2000-02-15 American Cyanamid Company Method of using as a selectable marker a nucleic acid containing AHAS promoter useful for expression of introduced genes in plants
WO2000015815A1 (en) 1998-09-14 2000-03-23 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Rac-like genes from maize and methods of use
WO2000037645A2 (en) 1998-12-23 2000-06-29 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Cell cycle nucleic acids, polypeptides and uses thereof
CA2263067A1 (en) 1999-02-26 2000-08-26 The Australian National University Method of modifying plant morphology, biochemistry and physiology
WO2000056905A2 (en) 1999-03-19 2000-09-28 Cropdesign N.V. Method for enhancing and/or improving plant growth and/or yield or modifying plant architecture
WO2001014572A2 (en) 1999-08-26 2001-03-01 Basf Plant Science Gmbh Plant gene expression, controlled by constitutive plant v-atpase promoters
DE19940270A1 (en) 1999-08-25 2001-03-01 Max Planck Gesellschaft Preparing plants with increased photosynthetic rate, useful for increasing crop yields, comprises introducing the gene for PsaE subunit of photo-system I
WO2001031041A2 (en) 1999-10-29 2001-05-03 Cropdesign N.V. Modification of plant architecture
US6239332B1 (en) 1996-12-05 2001-05-29 Queen's University At Kingston Constructs and methods for enhancing protein levels in photosynthetic organisms
WO2001052620A2 (en) 2000-01-21 2001-07-26 The Scripps Research Institute Methods and compositions to modulate expression in plants
US20020023281A1 (en) 2000-01-27 2002-02-21 Jorn Gorlach Expressed sequences of arabidopsis thaliana
WO2002079403A2 (en) 2001-03-30 2002-10-10 Mendel Biotechnology, Inc. Method for modifying plant biomass
US20030013228A1 (en) 1996-11-26 2003-01-16 Hotchkiss Gregory B. Method and apparatus for attaching solder members to a substrate

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE69133537D1 (en) * 1990-11-29 2006-08-10 Cropdesign Nv Control of plant cell multiplication and growth
EP0870836A1 (en) * 1997-04-09 1998-10-14 IPK Gatersleben 2-Deoxyglucose-6-Phosphate (2-DOG-6-P) Phosphatase DNA sequences for use as selectionmarker in plants
EP1002114A1 (en) * 1997-06-17 2000-05-24 Monsanto Company Expression of fructose 1,6 bisphosphate aldolase in transgenic plants
US6716474B2 (en) * 1997-06-17 2004-04-06 Monsanto Technology Llc Expression of fructose 1,6 bisphosphate aldolase in transgenic plants
AU762390B2 (en) * 1998-08-04 2003-06-26 Cropdesign N.V. Genes involved in tolerance to environmental stress
AU1107900A (en) * 1998-10-09 2000-05-01 University Of New Mexico Detection using (snz) and (sno) genes and proteins
US6753314B1 (en) * 1999-04-01 2004-06-22 Curagen Corporation Protein-protein complexes and methods of using same
US20100293669A2 (en) * 1999-05-06 2010-11-18 Jingdong Liu Nucleic Acid Molecules and Other Molecules Associated with Plants and Uses Thereof for Plant Improvement
US20040031072A1 (en) * 1999-05-06 2004-02-12 La Rosa Thomas J. Soy nucleic acid molecules and other molecules associated with transcription plants and uses thereof for plant improvement
CA2382658A1 (en) * 1999-10-11 2001-04-19 Sung-Beom Lee Process for increasing crop yield or biomass using protoporphyrinogen oxidase gene
SE9904247D0 (en) * 1999-11-23 1999-11-23 Astra Pharma Prod Compositions and Methods Utilizing sequences for controlling nucleic acid expression in yeast
EA200200932A1 (en) * 2000-03-01 2003-02-27 Рисерч Энд Дивелопмент Инститьют, Инк. Transgenic plants with increased seed yield, biomass and harvest index
EP1346044A2 (en) * 2000-12-22 2003-09-24 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Bax-responsive genes for drug target identification in yeast and fungi
AU2003223181A1 (en) * 2002-02-28 2003-09-16 Syngenta Participations Ag Nucleic acid molecules encoding proteins essential for plant growth and development and uses thereof
ES2371872T3 (en) 2002-12-24 2012-01-10 Cropdesign N.V. Plants having modified growth characteristics and method for its preparation.
BRPI0407514A (en) * 2003-02-17 2006-02-14 Metanomics Gmbh method for preparing a nonhuman organism, polynucleotide, a method for preparing a vector, vector, host cell, polypeptide, antibody, polynucleic acid antisense method for preparing a plant, plant cell, transgenic plant tissue, cell of a useful animal useful animal or a transgenic microorganism nonhuman organism, transgenic microorganism, yield or propagation material of a plant or of a useful animal, a microorganism biomass, method for preparing fine chemicals, and use of polypeptide

Patent Citations (49)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5352605A (en) 1983-01-17 1994-10-04 Monsanto Company Chimeric genes for transforming plant cells using viral promoters
US5504200A (en) 1983-04-15 1996-04-02 Mycogen Plant Science, Inc. Plant gene expression
EP0249676A2 (en) 1986-01-28 1987-12-23 Sandoz Ltd. Method for the expression of genes in plants
US5608152A (en) 1986-07-31 1997-03-04 Calgene, Inc. Seed-specific transcriptional regulation
US5376543A (en) 1987-12-21 1994-12-27 The University Of Toledo Agrobacterium mediated transformation of germinating plant seeds
EP0397687A1 (en) 1987-12-21 1990-11-22 Upjohn Co Agrobacterium mediated transformation of germinating plant seeds.
US5169770A (en) 1987-12-21 1992-12-08 The University Of Toledo Agrobacterium mediated transformation of germinating plant seeds
EP0335528A2 (en) 1988-03-29 1989-11-15 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company DNA promoter fragments from wheat
US6054574A (en) 1988-05-17 2000-04-25 Mycogen Plant Science, Inc. Plant ubiquitin promoter system
US6020190A (en) 1988-05-17 2000-02-01 Mycogen Plant Science, Inc. Plant ubiquitin promoter system
US5510474A (en) 1988-05-17 1996-04-23 Mycogen Plant Science, Inc. Plant ubiquitin promoter system
US5164310A (en) 1988-06-01 1992-11-17 The Texas A&M University System Method for transforming plants via the shoot apex
EP0375091A1 (en) 1988-12-21 1990-06-27 Institut Für Genbiologische Forschung Berlin Gmbh Wound-inducible and potato tuber-specific transcriptional regulation
EP0388186A1 (en) 1989-03-17 1990-09-19 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company External regulation of gene expression
EP0424047A1 (en) 1989-10-17 1991-04-24 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Tissue culture method for transformation of plant cells
US5322783A (en) 1989-10-17 1994-06-21 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Soybean transformation by microparticle bombardment
WO1991013980A1 (en) 1990-03-16 1991-09-19 Calgene, Inc. Novel sequences preferentially expressed in early seed development and methods related thereto
US5187267A (en) 1990-06-19 1993-02-16 Calgene, Inc. Plant proteins, promoters, coding sequences and use
US5767366A (en) 1991-02-19 1998-06-16 Louisiana State University Board Of Supervisors, A Governing Body Of Louisiana State University Agricultural And Mechanical College Mutant acetolactate synthase gene from Ararbidopsis thaliana for conferring imidazolinone resistance to crop plants
US6225105B1 (en) 1991-02-19 2001-05-01 Louisiana State University Board Of Supervisors A Governing Body Of Louisiana State University Agricultural And Mechancial College Mutant acetolactate synthase gene from Arabidopsis thaliana for conferring imidazolinone resistance to crop plants
WO1993021334A1 (en) 1992-04-13 1993-10-28 Zeneca Limited Dna constructs and plants incorporating them
WO1994000977A1 (en) 1992-07-07 1994-01-20 Japan Tobacco Inc. Method of transforming monocotyledon
WO1994012015A1 (en) 1992-11-30 1994-06-09 Chua Nam Hai Expression motifs that confer tissue- and developmental-specific expression in plants
WO1995006722A1 (en) 1993-09-03 1995-03-09 Japan Tobacco Inc. Method of transforming monocotyledon by using scutellum of immature embryo
WO1995014098A1 (en) 1993-11-19 1995-05-26 Biotechnology Research And Development Corporation Chimeric regulatory regions and gene cassettes for expression of genes in plants
WO1995015389A2 (en) 1993-12-02 1995-06-08 Olsen Odd Arne Promoter
US5565350A (en) 1993-12-09 1996-10-15 Thomas Jefferson University Compounds and methods for site directed mutations in eukaryotic cells
WO1995019443A2 (en) 1994-01-13 1995-07-20 Ciba-Geigy Ag Chemically regulatable and anti-pathogenic dna sequences and uses thereof
WO1995023230A1 (en) 1994-02-24 1995-08-31 Olsen Odd Arne Promoter from a lipid transfer protein gene
US5759610A (en) 1994-07-19 1998-06-02 Kabushiki Kaisha Hayashibara Seibutsu Kagaku Kenkyujo Trehalose and its production and use
US6025541A (en) 1994-09-08 2000-02-15 American Cyanamid Company Method of using as a selectable marker a nucleic acid containing AHAS promoter useful for expression of introduced genes in plants
WO1996012814A1 (en) 1994-10-21 1996-05-02 Danisco A/S Promoter sequence from potato
WO1997006268A2 (en) 1995-08-08 1997-02-20 Zeneca Limited Dna constructs
WO1998001572A1 (en) 1996-07-03 1998-01-15 Hoechst Research & Technology Deutschland Gmbh & Co. Kg Genetic transformation of ciliate cells through microcarrier bombardment with dna-loaded gold particles
DE19644478A1 (en) 1996-10-25 1998-04-30 Basf Ag Leaf-specific expression of genes in transgenic plants
US20030013228A1 (en) 1996-11-26 2003-01-16 Hotchkiss Gregory B. Method and apparatus for attaching solder members to a substrate
US6239332B1 (en) 1996-12-05 2001-05-29 Queen's University At Kingston Constructs and methods for enhancing protein levels in photosynthetic organisms
WO1998045461A1 (en) 1997-04-09 1998-10-15 Rhone-Poulenc Agro An oleosin 5' regulatory region for the modification of plant seed lipid composition
WO1999016890A2 (en) 1997-09-30 1999-04-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Production of proteins in plant seeds
WO2000015815A1 (en) 1998-09-14 2000-03-23 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Rac-like genes from maize and methods of use
WO2000037645A2 (en) 1998-12-23 2000-06-29 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Cell cycle nucleic acids, polypeptides and uses thereof
CA2263067A1 (en) 1999-02-26 2000-08-26 The Australian National University Method of modifying plant morphology, biochemistry and physiology
WO2000056905A2 (en) 1999-03-19 2000-09-28 Cropdesign N.V. Method for enhancing and/or improving plant growth and/or yield or modifying plant architecture
DE19940270A1 (en) 1999-08-25 2001-03-01 Max Planck Gesellschaft Preparing plants with increased photosynthetic rate, useful for increasing crop yields, comprises introducing the gene for PsaE subunit of photo-system I
WO2001014572A2 (en) 1999-08-26 2001-03-01 Basf Plant Science Gmbh Plant gene expression, controlled by constitutive plant v-atpase promoters
WO2001031041A2 (en) 1999-10-29 2001-05-03 Cropdesign N.V. Modification of plant architecture
WO2001052620A2 (en) 2000-01-21 2001-07-26 The Scripps Research Institute Methods and compositions to modulate expression in plants
US20020023281A1 (en) 2000-01-27 2002-02-21 Jorn Gorlach Expressed sequences of arabidopsis thaliana
WO2002079403A2 (en) 2001-03-30 2002-10-10 Mendel Biotechnology, Inc. Method for modifying plant biomass

Non-Patent Citations (182)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Agrobacterium protocols", vol. 44, 1995, HUMANA PRESS, article "Methods in Molecular Biology"
"Agrobacterium Protocols. Methods in Molecular Biology", vol. 44, HUMANA PRESS, pages: 47 - 62
"Applied Microbiol. Physiology, A Practical Approach", 1997, IRL PRESS, pages: 53 - 73
"APPLIED MOLECULAR GENETICS OF FUNGI", ACADEMIC PRESS, pages: 396
"Cloning Vectors", 1985, ELSEVIER
"Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1989, JOHN WILEY & SONS
"Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1989, JOHN WILEY & SONS, pages: 6.3.1 - 6.3.6
"Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1992, JOHN WILEY & SONS
"Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", JOHN WILEY & SONS
"Current Protocols", 1989, JOHN WILEY & SONS
"Essential Molecular Biology: A Practical Approach", 1991, IRL PRESS AT OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS
"Manual of Methods for General Bacteriology", 1981, AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR BACTERIOLOGY
"Nucleic Acids Hybridization: A Practical Approach", 1985, IRL PRESS AT OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS
"Organic Synthesis", WILEY
"Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology", 1993, C PRESS, pages: 71 - 119
"Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology", 1993, CRC PRESS, pages: 71 - 119
"Transgenic Plants, vol. 1, Engineering and Utilization", vol. 1, 1993, ACADEMIC PRESS, article "Vectors for Gene Transfer in Higher Plants", pages: 15
"Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry", vol. A2, 1985, VCH, pages: 57 - 97
"Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry", vol. A27, 1996, VCH, article "Vitamins", pages: 443 - 613
"Ulmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry", vol. A27, 1996, VCH, pages: 89 - 90,521-5
ALBERTS ET AL.: "Molecular Biology of the Cell", 1994
ALTSCHUL ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 25, 1997, pages 3389
ALTSCHUL, NUCL. ACID RES., vol. 25, 1997, pages 3389
ALTSCHUL: "Basic Local Alignment Search Tool", J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 215, 1990, pages 403
AMANN ET AL., GENE, vol. 69, 1988, pages 301 - 315
AN, G.: "Agrobacterium Protocols. Methods in Molecular Biology", vol. 44, HUMANA PRESS, pages: 47 - 62
B. JENES ET AL.: "Transgenic Plants, vol. 1, Engineering and Utilization", vol. 1, 1993, ACADEMIC PRESS, article "Techniques for Gene Transfer", pages: 128 - 143
B. JENES: "Transgenic Plants", vol. 1, 1993, ACADEMIC PRESS, article "Techniques for Gene Transfer", pages: 128 - 143
BABIC ET AL., PLANT CELL REP, vol. 17, 1998, pages 183 - 188
BAEUMLEIN, PLANT J., vol. 2, 1992, pages 233
BALDARI, EMBO J., vol. 6, 1987, pages 229
BANERJEE, BIOPOLYMERS, vol. 39, 1996, pages 769 - 777
BARKER W. C. ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 27, 1999, pages 39 - 43
BECHTOLD N.; PELLETIER G.: "In planta Agrobacterium-mediated transformation of adult Arabidopsis thaliana plants by vacuum infiltration", METHODS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, vol. 82, 1998, pages 259 - 66
BECKER, PLANT MOL. BIOL., vol. 20, 1992, pages 1195
BEERLI RR, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 95, no. 25, 1998, pages 14628 - 14633
BEILSTEIN: "Handbook of Organic Chemistry", SPRINGER EDITION NEW YORK INC.
BENKIRANE, J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 271, 1996, pages 33218 - 33224
BENSON D.A. ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 28, 2000, pages 15 - 18
BERKS, TIBTECH, vol. 12, 1994, pages 352 - 364
BERRY, BIOCHEM. SOC. TRANS., vol. 22, 1994, pages 1033 - 1036
BEVAN, NUCL. ACIDS RES., vol. 12, 1984, pages 8711
BEVAN, NUCLEIC ACID RE SEARCH, vol. 12, 1984, pages 8711 - 8721
BEVAN, NUCLEIC ACID RESEARCH, vol. 12, 1984, pages 8711 - 8721
BROWN DCW; A ATANASSOV, PLANT CELL TISSUE ORGAN CULTURE, vol. 4, 1985, pages 111 - 112
CALLIS, J BIOL CHEM, vol. 265, 1990, pages 12486
CHERRY J. M. ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 26, 1998, pages 73 - 80
CHMIEL: "Bioprozef3technik 1. Einfuhrung in die Bioverfahrenstechnik", 1991, GUSTAV FISCHER VERLAG
CLOUGH; BENT CLOUGH; JC; BENT, AF.: "Floral dip: a simplified method for Agrobacterium-mediated transformation of Arabidopsis thaliana", PLANT J., vol. 16, 1998, pages 735 - 743
CLOUGH; BENT, PLANT J., vol. 16, 1998, pages 735
COMAI, PLANT MOL BIOL, vol. 15, 1990, pages 373
DE BLOCK ET AL., PLANT PHYSIOL., vol. 91, 1989, pages 694 - 701
DORNER, BIOORG. MED. CHEM., vol. 4, 1996, pages 709 - 715
DREIER B, J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 276, no. 31, 2001, pages 29466 - 78
F.F. WHITE: "Transgenic Plants", vol. 1, 1993, ACADEMIC PRESS, article "Vectors for Gene Transfer in Higher Plants", pages: 15 - 38
F.F. WHITE: "Transgenic Plants, vol. 1, Engineering and Utilization", vol. 1, 1993, ACADEMIC PRESS, article "Vectors for Gene Transfer in Higher Plants", pages: 15 - 38
F.F. WHITE; B. JENES: "Transgenic Plants, vol. 1, Engineering and Utilization", vol. 1, 1993, ACADEMIC PRESS, pages: 128 - 43
FALCIATORE, MARINE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 1, no. 3, 1999, pages 239
FALCIATORE, MARINE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 1, no. 3, 1999, pages 239 - 251
FALLON, A. ET AL., APPLICATIONS OF HPLC IN BIOCHEMISTRY IN: LABORATORY TECHNIQUES IN BIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, vol. 17, 1987
FASSINA, IMMUNOMETHODS, 1994, pages 114 - 120
FRANCK, CELL, vol. 21, 1980, pages 285 - 294
FREELING; WALBOT: "The maize handbook", 1993, SPRINGER VERLAG
FROMM ET AL., BIOTECH, vol. 8, 1990, pages 833 - 839
GALLIE, NUCL. ACIDS RESEARCH, vol. 15, 1987, pages 8693
GATZ ET AL., PLANT J., vol. 2, 1992, pages 397 - 404
GATZ, ANNU. REV. PLANT PHYSIOL. PLANT MOL. BIOL., vol. 48, 1997, pages 89 - 108
GATZ, PLANT J., vol. 2, 1992, pages 397
GELVIN, STANTON B.; SCHILPEROORT, ROBERT A: "Plant Molecular Biology Manual", 1995, KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL.
GENETICS COMPUTER GROUP, 575 SCIENCE DRIVE, 1991, pages 53711
GIBBS, CELL, vol. 79, 1994, pages 193 - 198
GIBSON: "A novel method for real time quantitative RT-PCR", GENOME RES., vol. 6, 1996, pages 995 - 1001
GIELEN, EM-BO J., vol. 3, 1984, pages 835
GLICK, BERNARD R.; THOMPSON, JOHN E.: "Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology", CRC PRESS, pages: 1993,360
GOEDDEL: "Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology", vol. 185, 1990, ACADEMIC PRESS
GOEDDEL: "Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology", vol. 185, 1990, ACADEMIC PRESS
GOTTESMAN, S.: "Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology", vol. 185, 1990, ACADEMIC PRESS, pages: 119 - 128
GRUBER: "Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnolgy", vol. 7, CRC PRESS, pages: 89 - 108
GUAN, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 99, no. 20, 2002, pages 13296
GUAN, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 99, no. 20, 2002, pages 13296 - 13301
GUTCHO: "Chemicals by Fermentation", 1983, NOYES DATA CORPORATION
HELLENS, R.; MULLINEAUX, P.; KLEE H.: "A guide to Agrobacterium binary vectors", TRENDS IN PLANT SCIENCE, vol. 5, no. 10, 2000, pages 446 - 451
HELLENS, R.; MULLINEAUX, P.; KLEE H.: "Trends in Plant Science", vol. 5, 2000, article "A guide to Agrobacterium binary vectors", pages: 446 - 451
HELLENS, TRENDS IN PLANT SCIENCE, vol. 5, 2000, pages 446
HENIKOFF, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 89, 1992, pages 10915
HIGGINS ET AL., CABIOS, vol. 5, 1989, pages 151 - 153
HOFFMAN, COMPUT. APPL. BIOSCI., vol. 11, 1995, pages 675 - 679
HOFGEN, NUCL. ACID RES., vol. 16, 1988, pages 9877
HOLTORF, PLANT MOL BIOL, vol. 29, 1995, pages 637
HOOD EE; JILKA JM, CURR OPIN BIOTECHNOL., vol. 10, no. 4, August 1999 (1999-08-01), pages 382 - 6
HUALA, E. ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 29, no. 1, 2001, pages 102 - 5
HUPP, CELL, vol. 83, 1995, pages 237 - 245
ISHIDA ET AL., NATURE BIOTECH, 1996, pages 14745 - 50
ISHIDA ET AL., NATURE BIOTECH., 1996, pages 14745 - 50
J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 275, no. 42, 2000, pages 32617 - 32627
J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 303, no. 4, 2000, pages 489 - 502
J. MOL. EVOLUTION., vol. 25, 1987, pages 351 - 360
JAIN, CROP SCIENCE, vol. 39, 1999, pages 1696
KANG JS; KIM JS, J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 275, no. 12, 2000, pages 8742 - 8748
KAWALLECK, PLANT MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, vol. 21, 1993, pages 673
KERMODE, CRIT. REV. PLANT SCI., vol. 15, no. 4, 1996, pages 285
KERMODE, CRIT. REV. PLANT SCI., vol. 15, no. 4, 1996, pages 285 - 423
KIM JS, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 94, no. 8, 1997, pages 3616 - 3620
KLUG A, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 293, no. 2, 1999, pages 215 - 218
KRYSAN, THE PLANT CELL, vol. 11, 1999, pages 2283
KUNINAKA, A. ET AL.: "Biotechnology", vol. 6, 1996, VCH, article "Nucleotides and related compounds", pages: 561 - 612
KUNINAKA, A. ET AL.: "Nucleotides and Related Compounds in Biotechnology", vol. 6, 1996, VCH, pages: 561 - 612
KURJAN, CELL, vol. 30, 1982, pages 933
LEISNER, PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 2553
LEUCHTENBERGER, W. ET AL.: "Biotechnology", vol. 6, 1996, VCH, article "Amino acids - technical production and use", pages: 466 - 502
LIE, ADVANCES IN QUANTITATIVE PCR TECHNOLOGY: 5'NUCLEASE ASSAYS, 1998
LUCKLOW, VIROLOGY, vol. 170, 1989, pages 31
MA JK; VINE ND, CURRTOP MICROBIOL IMMUNOL., vol. 236, 1999, pages 275 - 92
MALAKHOVA ET AL., BIOTEKHNOLOGIYA, vol. 11, 1996, pages 27 - 32
MAPP AK, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 97, no. 8, 2000, pages 3930 - 3935
MCKERSIE ET AL., PLANT PHYSIOL, vol. 119, 1999, pages 839 - 847
MEWES H.W. ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 27, 1999, pages 44 - 48
MICHAL, G.: "Biochemical Pathways: An Atlas of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology", 1999, JOHN WILEY & SONS
MICHAL, G: "Biochemical Pathways: An Atlas of Biochemistry and Molecular Biol ogy", 1999, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
MILNER, NATURE MEDICINE, vol. 1, 1995, pages 879 - 880
MOLONEY ET AL., PLANT CELL REPORT, vol. 8, 1989, pages 238 - 242
MONGE, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 247, 1995, pages 995 - 1012
MURASHIGE, T.; SKOOG, F., PHYSIOL. PLANT., vol. 15, 1962, pages 473 - 497
NEEDLEMAN; WUNSCH, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 48, 1970, pages 443 - 453
NI ET AL., THE PLANT JOURNAL, vol. 7, 1995, pages 661 - 676
OLSEN LJ, PLANT MOL BIOL, vol. 38, 1998, pages 163 - 189
OLSZEWSKI, PROTEINS, vol. 25, 1996, pages 286 - 299
ONG, A.S.; NIKI, E.; PACKER, L.: "Proceedings of the UNESCO/Confederation of Scientific and Technological Associations in Malaysia and the Society for Free Radical Research - Asia", 1995, AOCS PRESS, article "Nutrition, Lipids, Health and Disease"
ONG, A.S.; NIKI, E.; PACKER, L.: "Proceedings of the UNESCO/Confederation of Scientific and Technological Associations in Malaysia and the Society for free Radical Research - Asia", vol. X, 1 September 1994, AOCS PRESS, article "Nutrition, Lipids, Health and Disease", pages: 374 S
ORDIZ MI, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 99, no. 20, 2002, pages 13290
ORDIZ MI, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 99, no. 20, 2002, pages 13290 - 13295
OSTRESH, METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY, vol. 267, 1996, pages 220 - 234
PABO, BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 25, 1986, pages 5987 - 5991
PAIVA, C.L.A.; PANEK, A.D., BIOTECH ANN. REV., vol. 2, 1996, pages 293 - 314
PATEK ET AL., APPL. ENVIRON. MICROBIOL., vol. 60, 1994, pages 133 - 140
POTRYKUS, ANNU. REV. PLANT PHYSIOL. PLANT MOLEC. BIOL., vol. 42, 1991, pages 205 - 225
PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 97, no. 4, 2000, pages 1495 - 1500
RENOUF, ADV. EXP. MED. BIOL., vol. 376, 1995, pages 37 - 45
ROCHA-SOSA, M.; SONNEWALD, U.; FROMMER, W.; STRATMANN, M.; SCHELL, J.; WILLMITZER, L., EMBO J., vol. 8, 1998, pages 23 - 29
ROLDAN-RUIZ, THEOR. APPL. GENET., 2001, pages 1138 - 1150
ROMANOS, YEAST, vol. 8, 1992, pages 423 - 488
ROSE, BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 35, 1996, pages 12933 - 12944
RUTENBER, BIOORG. MED. CHEM., vol. 4, 1996, pages 1545 - 1558
SAMBROOK ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning: A laboratory manual", 1989, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
SAMBROOK ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.", 1989, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
SAMBROOK: "Molecular Cloning", 1989, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY
SAMBROOK: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", 1989, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
SCHENK, PLANT MOL BIOL, vol. 39, 1999, pages 1221
SCHMIDT ET AL., BIOPROCESS ENGINEER., vol. 19, 1998, pages 67 - 70
SCHMIDT, R., PLANT CELL REP., 1988, pages 583 - 586
SCHULTZ, GENE, vol. 54, 1987, pages 113
SEGAL DJ; BARBAS CF, CURR. OPIN. CHEM. BIOL., vol. 4, no. 1, 2000, pages 34 - 39
SHAR- ROCKS AD, INT. J. BIOCHEM. CELL BIOL., vol. 29, no. 12, 1997, pages 1371 - 1387
SHAW, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 12, 1984, pages 7831
SHIOSAKA, M. J., JAPAN, vol. 172, 1997, pages 97 - 102
SIMOPOULOS, AM. J. CLIN. NUTR., vol. 70, no. 3, 1999, pages 560 - 569
SINGER, M.A.; LINDQUIST, S., TRENDS BIOTECH., vol. 16, 1998, pages 460 - 467
SMITH, D.B.; JOHNSON, K.S., GENE, vol. 67, 1988, pages 31 - 40
SMITH, MOL. CELL BIOL., vol. 3, 1983, pages 2156
SMITH; WATERMAN, ADV. APPL. MATH., vol. 2, 1981, pages 482 - 489
STOCKHAUS, EMBO J., vol. 8, 1989, pages 2445
STOESSER G. ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 29, 2001, pages 17 - 21
STORHAS: "Bioreaktoren und periphere Ein- richtungen", 1994, VIEWEG VERLAG
STRYER, L.: "Biochemistry", 1988, pages: 578 - 590
STUDIER: "Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology", vol. 185, 1990, ACADEMIC PRESS, pages: 60
TAKAHATA ET AL., BIOSC. BIOTECHNOL. BIOCHEM, vol. 62, no. 11, 1998, pages 2079 - 2085
TRIBBLE ET AL., J.BIOL. CHEM., vol. 275, 2000, pages 22255 - 22267
TSAI SY, ADV. DRUG DELIV. REV., vol. 30, no. 1-3, 1998, pages 23 - 31
VAN DEN HONDEL, C.A.M.J.J.: "Applied Molecular Genetics of Fungi", 1991, CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS, pages: 1 - 28
VAN DEN HONDEL: "C.A.M.J.J.", 1991, ACADEMIC PRESS, pages: 396 - 428
VELMURUGAN ET AL., J. CELL BIOL., vol. 149, 2000, pages 553 - 566
VELTEN, EMBO J, vol. 3, 1984, pages 2723
W. R. PEARSON: "Rapid and Sensitive Sequence Comparison with FASTP and FASTA", METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY, vol. 183, 1990, pages 63 - 98
W. R. PEARSON: "Rapid and Sensitive Sequence Comparison with FASTP and FASTAMethods", ENZYMOLOGY, vol. 183, 1990, pages 63 - 98
W. R. PEARSON; D. J. LIPMAN: "Improved Tools for Biological Sequence Comparison", PNAS, vol. 85, 1988, pages 2444 - 2448
WALKER ET AL., AM J BOT, vol. 65, 1978, pages 654 - 659
WARD, PLANT. MOL. BIOL., vol. 22, 1993
WARD, PLANT. MOL. BIOL., vol. 22, 1993, pages 361
WILLICH; WIN- THER, DEUTSCHE MEDIZINISCHE WOCHENSCHRIFT, vol. 120, no. 7, 1995, pages 229 FF
WODAK, ANN. N. Y. ACAD. SCI., vol. 501, 1987, pages 1 - 13
ZHANG L, J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 275, no. 43, 2000, pages 33850 - 33860
ZHANG, BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 224, 1996, pages 327 - 331

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2353387A1 (en) 2010-02-05 2011-08-10 Bayer CropScience AG Use of succinate dehydrogenase (SDH) inhibitors in the treatment of plant types in the sweet grass family
WO2011095496A2 (en) 2010-02-05 2011-08-11 Bayer Cropscience Ag Use of succinate dehydrogenase (sdh) inhibitors in treating plant species of the family of true grasses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101001956B (en) 2014-09-24
AU2005268943A1 (en) 2006-02-09
CA2575127A1 (en) 2006-02-09
WO2006013010A3 (en) 2006-06-08
EP1774004A2 (en) 2007-04-18
BRPI0514003A (en) 2008-05-20
CN103397050A (en) 2013-11-20
EP1774004B1 (en) 2013-07-10
CN101001956A (en) 2007-07-18
CN104178511A (en) 2014-12-03
AU2005268943B2 (en) 2011-04-14
JP2008507960A (en) 2008-03-21
US20100050296A1 (en) 2010-02-25
ES2430827T3 (en) 2013-11-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
Kwong et al. LEAFY COTYLEDON1-LIKE defines a class of regulators essential for embryo development
Shuai et al. The lateral organ boundaries gene defines a novel, plant-specific gene family
US7135616B2 (en) Biochemistry-related polynucleotides and polypeptides in plants
CA2456979C (en) Yield-related polynucleotides and polypeptides in plants
AU780463B2 (en) Environmental stress tolerance genes
US7230160B2 (en) Lipid metabolism regulators in plants
Kao et al. Localization and interaction of the cis-acting elements for abscisic acid, VIVIPAROUS1, and light activation of the C1 gene of maize.
EP1546336B1 (en) Polynucleotides and polypeptides in plants
US9290773B2 (en) Transgenic plants with enhanced agronomic traits
EP1668140B1 (en) Regulation of plant biomass and stress tolerance
RU2187555C2 (en) Transgenic plants expressing gene encoding acetyl-coa-carboxylase
US20040098764A1 (en) Plant transcriptional regulators of abiotic stress
US20070061911A9 (en) Polynucleotides and polypeptides in plants
US20030166197A1 (en) Ethylene insensitive plants
US20140115737A1 (en) Transgenic plants with enhanced agronomic traits
US8558059B2 (en) Genes for conferring to plants increased tolerance to environmental stresses
AU738652B2 (en) Genetic control of plant growth and development
EP1601758B1 (en) Polynucleotides and polypeptides in plants
Samuelsen et al. Expression of the yeast FRE genes in transgenic tobacco
Mishra et al. In the complex family of heat stress transcription factors, HsfA1 has a unique role as master regulator of thermotolerance in tomato
US8642838B2 (en) Plants having enhanced yield-related traits and a method for making the same
US7956242B2 (en) Plant quality traits
US8541208B1 (en) Process for the production of fine chemicals
US20090265813A1 (en) Stress tolerance in plants
US20030121070A1 (en) Genes for modifying plant traits IV

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005771370

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005268943

Country of ref document: AU

Ref document number: 2575127

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007522986

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11659011

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200580025987.1

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase in:

Ref document number: 2005268943

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20050721

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005268943

Country of ref document: AU

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005771370

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase in:

Ref document number: PI0514003

Country of ref document: BR